wireless microphones - Shure Distribution UK

Transcription

www.shuredistribution.co.uk
Product Catalogue 2015
SHURE DISTRIBUTION UK
Shure Distribution UK (SDUK) is the exclusive distributor for industry leading pro audio brands in the UK: Shure, WORK Pro
Audio, Sound Devices, DIS, Radial, Primacoustic, Servoreeler, Monster Pro Audio, and QSC. Working alongside contractors,
consultants and leading rental/hire companies, we help specify and supply the best audio solutions, making optimum use
of our industry-leading product portfolio and proven experience on projects of any scale. The service we offer extends from
initial engagement to post-sales support, and we also provide all necessary technical support, service and training.
Shure
Danish Interpretation Systems (DIS)
With a history of audio innovation going back over 80 years and
including such milestones as the respected 55SH vocal mic and
the most popular live microphone in the world, the ubiquitous SM58,
Shure has turned a passion for making audio electronics into an
obsession. The results are tangible in their industry-leading wired
and wireless microphones, headphones, and personal monitoring
solutions, which continue to set the worldwide standards for
excellence.
DIS is one of the world’s leading manufacturers of advanced
conferencing electronics, providing complete systems that facilitate,
enhance, and where required, amplify personal, telephonebased or on-line discussions, debates and meetings. From simple
teleconferencing systems for boardrooms to voting systems in
electoral chambers incorporating simultaneous translation facilities,
DIS has a solution.
WORK Pro Audio
Radial
WORK Pro Audio products, manufactured by Spanish audio
company Equipson, are aimed at sound reinforcement and live sound
applications. Highlights of the range include loudspeakers, amplifiers
and DSP Digital Matrix products which provide a quality alternative for
installation projects of all budgets. The most recent addition to their
portfolio is the BlueLine Digital range, a cost-effective, modular
audio-over-IP system for integrators and installers.
Radial Engineering was established in 1992 as a manufacturer of
professional audio signal routing and interfacing equipment. Quality
construction, exceptional audio performance and superb customer
service are the values that have served to make Radial one of the
most respected and trusted brands in the industry. The company
sells a wide range of products under brand names including
Radial, Tonebone and Primacoustic.
Sound Devices
Primacoustic
Sound Devices was founded in 1998 to build field-production audio
products that would improve the working lives of its customers.
The company now manufactures a growing family of audio mixers,
recorders, preamplifiers, computer interfaces and video recorders
(Video Devices), all designed specifically for production professionals
worldwide. Sound Devices products are known for excellent audio
and video performance in extreme locations ranging from the
Himalayas to Hollywood.
A Radial brand, Primacoustic make and supply a range of acoustic
treatment products for use in project and home studios. The
development team have over 30 years of experience in studio and live
sound, and 20 years in acoustics. The company makes a vast range
of products which provide effective, flexible and affordable acoustic
treatment, including acoustic absorbers, diffusers and bass traps.
Video Devices
QSC is a globally recognised manufacturer of professional audio
equipment whose amplifier, loudspeaker and DSP networking
products meet the demanding requirements of audio professionals in
concert, installation and portable entertainment. SDUK promotes and
supports the use of QSC’s networked audio solutions and associated
hardware in the installed sound market, and has facilitated the
realisation of many audio installations around the British Isles based
around the innovative Q-Sys audio networking platform.
Video Devices products which include a range of portable and
rackmount video recorders for professional post and pre production
applications. Are manufactured by Sound Devices and built to
the same renowned and durable quality as their audio recorders
and mixers.
OUR PARTNERS
A QUALITY NETWORK
Shure Distribution UK represent a comprehensive range of audio products for every application. Equipment from across
our portfolio can be found not only on the world’s best known stages but also in some of the most challenging locations and
applications imaginable. From the heat of the desert to the cold of the Antarctic, from the most thrilling theme parks on
earth to the International Space station and everywhere in between.
To ensure the highest levels of service and support we have selected a network of quality Resellers, Rental Partners,
System Integrators and installers through whom our products can be accessed. They are classified according to the
scope and speciality of the service they provide and are trained to ensure a detailed understanding of technology they
represent and the market or applications they serve.
For help in identifying a suitable partner for your needs of if you are interested in joining our network please contact our sales office.
The different tiers of partner are listed below and more specific details can be found on our website. www.shuredistribution.co.uk.
QSC Audio
Not included in this catalogue but also available from SDUK:
Servoreeler
Monster Pro Audio
A US company of over 40 years’ standing, Servoreeler manufactures elegant
solutions to silently deploy and retract suspended microphones by remote or
computer control without affecting sound or signal quality.
Shure Distribution UK are the sole UK distributor for Monster MI Pro Audio
cables ONLY. Monster Cable Products, Inc is the world’s leading manufacturer
of high end cables that connect audio/video components for professional use.
Monster’s audio cables have high performance sound characteristics that
increase the clarity, dynamics and power of the audio signal.
The company’s products are available in a wide variety of sizes and
configurations, and are used in concert halls, churches, boardrooms and
meeting spaces where aesthetics are of central importance, including the
US Senate Chamber.
2
DISTRIBUTION UK
TO PLACE AN ORDER CALL +44 (0)1992 703058
F +44 (0)1992 703057 E info@shuredistribution.co.uk
3
PERSONAL MONITORING
AUDIO MIXERS
LOUDSPEAKERS
Category Overview
6
Category Overview
68
Category Overview
Vocal Product Selector
7
In Ear Product Selector
69
Shure Hardwired
Shure Wireless
PSM 200
PSM 300
PSM 900
PSM 1000
70
70
70
71
72
72
Audio Mixers Product Selector
87
Shure SCM88
Classic
8
PG®8
SM
8
Beta
8
KSM
9
Spoken Word Product Selector
10
Centraverse
Microflex
WH
11
12
13
Paging & Communications Product Selector
14
SM
Other
15
15
Instrument Product Selector
17
Classic
PG
SM
Beta
KSM
18
18
19
19
20
Broadcast & Media Production Product Selector21
VP
SM
22
22
Options 27
Accessories24
Stage Monitor Product Selector
73
74
74
74
K Series
KW Series
AP Series
Options 75
Accessories75
EARPHONES & HEADPHONES
Category Overview
76
In Ear Product Selector
77
78
SE Series
Headphone Product Selector
79
80
SRH Series
Accessories81
Work MMX89
Work Analogue Matrix
89
Sound Devices Field Mixers
90
Accessories91
AMPLIFIERS
Category Overview
92
Loudspeaker Product Selector
93
QSC CXD94
QSC CXD-Q94
QSC CMXa
94
QSC CX
95
QSC ISA
96
QSC PLD99
QSC RMXa
99
QSC Powerlight3100
QSC GX
100
QSC PLX2
100
Work PA Series
Work WCE Series
Work SLA Series
Work Home Amp Series
PHONO
Headphone Amplifier Product Selector
Category Overview
28
Category Overview
82
Product Selector
29
Phono Product Selector
83
BLX
30
GLX-D
36
FP
40
SLX
42
QLX-D
46
ULX-D
50
UHF-R
54
Axient
58
Microflex®62
Options Sound Devices
HiFi
84
DJ
84
Sound Devices
Work
98
98
98
98
102
102
106
Category Overview
134
Category Overview
186
Installed Product Selector
107
Conference Systems Product Selector
135
Video Recorders Product Selector
187
Ceiling Speakers
QSC Acoustic Design
110
Discussion Systems Product Selector
136
187
187
187
111
111
112
DCS 6000 Product Selector
113
QSC Acoustic Design
113
QSC Acoustic Performance
114
QSC GP114
QSC ILA114
Work Neo
Work Studio
Work CLY
Work RCS
Work CS
115
115
115
116
116
Outdoor Speakers
117
Work NGS117
Work MR117
Live Portable Product Selector
QSC K Series
QSC KW Series
QSC KLA Series
118
119
119
119
Options120
Accessories120
Accessories104
DDS 5900
137
138
DCS 6000
139
SW 6000 Software Overview
PROCESSING & AUDIO DISTRIBUTION
ACOUSTICS
Options Category Overview
190
Studio Product Selector
191
146
Accessories150
STUDIO & STAGE ACCESSORIES
Category Overview
152
DI Boxes Product Selector
153
Radial Stage Bug
154
Radial Pro Series
154
Radial J series
155
Radial Tonebone156
Switchers Product Selector
157
Radial158
Radial Hot Shot
159
Radial Big Shot
159
Radial Tonebone159
161
Radial Tonebone162
Radial Bones162
Accessories200
WORK LIFTERS
203
166
Computer Interface Product Selector
170
131
197
198
198
199
Studio 500 Series Product Selector
Analogue Processor Product Selector
196
WORK Lifters Product Selector
123
Telescopic Lifters
Professional Lifters
Lighting Stands
204
205
206
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
208
FREQUENCY OVERVIEW
212
Shure170
Sound Devices170
Problem Solvers Product Selector
Room Panels
Diffusion
Ceiling Panels
Ceiling Lanterns
163
Audio Distribution Product Selector
129
130
130
Commercial Product Selector
192
192
193
193
193
194
194
195
202
Splitters & Isolators Product Selector
Room Kits
Wall Panels
Bass Traps
Diffusers
Ceiling Treatments
Portable Isolation
Vocal Booth
Acoustic Tools
Category Overview
122
Work Blueline Digital
Work WD
Work Digiline Series
Accessories188
Digital Infra Red Audio Distribution Product Selector 144
Category Overview
QSC Qsys124
QSC Qscontrol127
QSC DSP Series
128
PIX 240i
PIX 250i
PIX 270i
142
Effects Product Selector
64
Work IC Pro
Work IC
Work RCS
110
103
103
103
VIDEO RECORDERS
Category Overview
Surface Mount Speakers
Microphone Amplifier Product Selector
WIRELESS MICROPHONES
86
CONFERENCING & DISCUSSION
171
Shure174
Radial175
Primacoustic178
Work131
Accessories67
Multiplayer Product Selector
132
Work132
AUDIO RECORDERS
Options133
Category Overview
180
Sound Devices Product Selector
181
CONTENTS
7 Series
182
CONTENTS
WIRED MICROPHONES
Accessories183
4
DISTRIBUTION UK
5
NEXT PAGE
Wired Microphones > Category Overview
Wired Microphones > Product Selector > Vocal
WIRED
MICROPHONES.
Wired Microphones – Vocal
Shure vocal microphones cover a wide variety of applications for stage and studio use. Durable build quality and
advanced audio engineering combine to ensure you capture the best possible performance.
Super 55
565SD
PG48
PG58
SM48
SM
Product Selectors
Page
Vocal7
Spoken Word
10
Paging and Communications
14
Instrument17
Broadcast and Media Production
21
Accessories24
Options27
SM58
SM86
SM87A
Beta
BETA 58A
BETA 87A
BETA 87C
KSM9
KSM9HS
WIRED MICROPHONES
KSM
KSM32/CG
KSM32/SL
KSM42/SG
KSM44A
KSM313
KSM353
6
DISTRIBUTION UK
Page
USB
Side Address
Handheld
Bi-Directional
Hyper-Cardioid
Super-Cardioid
Ribbon
Dynamic
Condenser
Studio
Cardioid
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
55SH-2
WIRED MICROPHONES
Classic
Form Factor
PG42
PG
Today, one in every three microphones in the hands of audio enthusiasts around the world
is made by Shure. Alongside the SM58 dynamic microphone, first introduced in 1966 and
now one of the most popular microphones in the world, Shure continues to pioneer new wired
microphones that push the boundaries. From the sophisticated precision engineering of KSM
microphones to the customisation and exceptional sound of Microflex, Shure continues to be
the most trusted audio brand worldwide.
Stage
At its most basic, a microphone captures sound waves by converting sound energy into electrical
energy. There are many different types for different applications, varying in terms of directional
sensitivity as well as the fundamentals of how external audio is captured.
Sub-Cardioid
Features
Omnidirectional
Application
7
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wired Microphones > Vocal
CLASSIC
Vocal Microphone featuring iconic
satin chrome-plated die-cast
casing for vintage look and feel.
Super 55
CLASSIC
Deluxe Vocal Microphone, featuring
the original iconic vintage design
with modern upgrades.
–Classic appearance, modern
performance
–Cardioid directional pattern
–Shock-mounted cartridge for quiet
operation
PG42
PG
Side-address condenser
microphone for lead vocal
recording applications.
–Dynamic cartridge with supercardioid
polar pattern
–Satin chrome-plated die-cast casing
and vibrant blue foam
–Stand-mounted microphone for live and
studio vocal applications
–High gain-before-feedback
PG48
PG
Vocal microphone for speech, and
karaoke applications.
–Dynamic cartridge with cardioid polar
pattern
–Integrated pop filter
–On/off switch for onstage control
–Large diaphragm condenser capsule for
wider dynamic range
–High-pass filter for control of unwanted
low-end signal
– -15dB switchable attenuator
–Shock mount included
SM48
SM
A great performance microphone
for lead vocals, backup vocals, and
spoken word applications.
SM58
SM
Industry standard vocal
microphone for warm & clear lead
or backing vocals.
pattern
–Shock mount for reduced handling
noise
WIRED MICROPHONES
SM87A
SM
Handheld condenser microphone
for detailed sound and superior
rejection of unwanted sound
sources.
pattern
–Pneumatic shock-mount for superior
reduction in handling noise
– High gain before feedback
–Steel mesh grille with integrated pop
filter
BETA 58A
BETA
Handheld dynamic microphone,
ideal for live performance or
project studio vocals.
–Highly consistent cardioid polar pattern
creates a broad “sweet spot”
–Dual-diaphragm design with an active
front & passive back
–Extremely low self-noise for critical
studio vocal recording
–Premium electronic components and
gold-plated connectors
–Tailored low-frequency roll-off
–Integrated three-stage mesh grille
guards against breath noise
–Condenser cartridge with supercardioid polar pattern
–Highly directional
–Transducer element shock mounted
– Controlled low-frequency roll-off
–Very low RF and magnetic hum
susceptibility
8
DISTRIBUTION UK
565SD
CLASSIC
Classic Unisphere vocal mic
features selectable dualimpedance operation and very
effective pop filter.
–Dynamic cartridge with Cardioid polar
pattern
–Selectable high and low impedance
operation
–On/off Switch
–Sound characteristics similar to the
SM58®
PG58
PG
Vocal microphone. Lead and
backing vocals.
pattern
–Internal shock mount for reduced
handling noise
SM86
SM
Handheld condenser microphone
for clear reproduction of lead
vocals.
–Condenser cartridge with cardioid polar
pattern
–Two-stage pop filter
–Built-in three-point shock mount
–Robust construction withstands the
rigors of touring sound
BETA 87C
BETA
Premium handheld condenser
microphone with exceptionally
smooth frequency response. Ideal
for a professional lead or backing
vocalist.
–Condenser cartridge with supercardioid
polar pattern
–Extended high frequency response in a
cardioid condenser design
KSM32/CG
KSM SERIES
microphone for highly critical
studio recording and live sound
productions.
–Embossed single-diaphragm cardioid
condenser
–Class A, transformerless preamplifier
circuitry
–Ultra-thin, gold-layered, low-mass,
Mylar® diaphragm
–15 dB attenuation switch for extreme
SPL handling
–Switchable low-frequency filter
KSM44A
KSM SERIES
Premier studio microphone
featuring advanced preamplifier
technology and three polar
pattern options. Produces warm
and articulate sound for critical
studio tracking.
–Prethos Advanced Preamplifier
Technology
–Cardioid, omnidirectional and
bidirectional
–Karat gold-layered, low mass diaphragms
–Switchable 15 dB pad
–3-position switchable low-frequency filter
– Subsonic filter
–Integrated three-stage “pop” protection
®
KSM9
KSM SERIES
A premium condenser microphone
to capture vocal subtlety
with extraordinary detail for live
performance.
–Switchable polar patterns
(supercardioid and cardioid)
–Higher gain before feedback, and
decreased proximity effect
–Exceptional consistency across all
frequencies
–Class A transformerless preamplifier
circuitry
–Dual gold layered, low-mass Mylar®
diaphragm design
–Gold-plated internal and external
connectors
KSM32/SL
KSM SERIES
productions.
condenser
circuitry
Mylar® diaphragm
SPL handling
–Supplied with shock mount and metal
protection case
KSM313
KSM SERIES
Premium microphone featuring
Roswellite® ribbon technology
for world-class audio and
performance.
–Bi-directional polar pattern
–True Dual-Voice tuned for amplifiers or
vocals
–Revolutionary Roswellite® proprietary
ribbon material
–Hand-assembled in the USA from stateof-the art materials
–Ideal for capturing fast transients in
vocals and acoustic instruments
KSM9HS
KSM SERIES
A premium condenser microphone,
combining extraordinary
detail with switchable polar
patterns.
–Switchable polar patterns (hypercardioid
and subcardioid)
–Higher gain before feedback, and
decreased proximity effect
–Exceptional consistency across all
frequencies
–Class A transformerless preamplifier
circuitry
–Dual gold layered, low-mass Mylar®
diaphragm design
–Gold-plated internal and external
connectors
KSM42/SG
KSM SERIES
Premium dual-diaphragm
cardioid condenser microphone.
Ideal for world-class vocal
recording.
–Highly consistent cardioid polar pattern
creates a broad “sweet spot”
–Dual-diaphragm design with an active
front & passive back
KSM353
KSM SERIES
Premier ribbon microphone,
offering pristine audio
performance, and unprecedented
durability.
–Patented custom ribbon motor
assembly
ribbon material
vocals and acoustic instruments
WIRED MICROPHONES
55SH-2
Wired Microphones > Vocal
BETA 87A
BETA
Premium handheld condenser
vocal microphone with
exceptionally smooth frequency
response. Ideal for a professional
lead or backing vocalist.
–Condenser cartridge with supercardioid polar pattern
–Superior gain-before-feedback
–Wide dynamic range (117 dB) and low
distortion
–Advanced cartridge shock-mount
system
–Very low susceptibility to RFI and
electromagnetic hum
9
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wired Microphones > Product Selector > Spoken Word
Wired Microphones > Spoken Word
CENTRAVERSE® OPTIONS KEY
Wired Microphones – Spoken Word
From meeting rooms to houses of worship, podiums to desktops, Shure offer flexible and unobtrusive microphone
options for superior speech intelligibility.
CVG18
MX183
MX184
MX185
MX150
MX202
Microflex
MX391
MX392
MX393
MX395
MX396
MX405
MX410
WIRED MICROPHONES
MX415
MX412
MX418
SM93
WH20XLR
DISTRIBUTION UK
®
CENTRAVERSE
Boundary condenser microphone
for desktop-installed sound
reinforcement applications
requiring discreet placement.
CVG12
®
CENTRAVERSE
Gooseneck condenser microphone,
with dual-section 12” gooseneck
providing full articulation.
–Large diaphragm condenser capsule for
wider dynamic range
–High-pass filter for control of unwanted
low-end signal
–Cardioid/Omnidirectional
–Cardioid polar pattern with tailored
response for speech
–CommShield® Technology guards
against unwanted RF inteference
–Frequency response ideal for capturing
fast transients
CVG18
®
CENTRAVERSE
Gooseneck condenser microphone,
with dual-section 18” gooseneck
providing full articulation.
–Cardioid polar pattern with tailored
response for speech
against unwanted RF inteference
–Frequency response ideal for capturing
fast transients
Page
Gooseneck
Boundary
Bi-Directional
Super-cardioid
Cardioid
Omnidirectional
O- Omnidirectional
W - White finish
Options: CVB-B/C, CVB-B/O, CVB-W/O, CVB-W/C
CVO
®
CENTRAVERSE
Overhead Condenser Microphones.
Integrated wire aiming hanger
provides optimal placement above
choirs and other ensembles.
pattern
–Shock mount for reduced handling
noise
Options: CVO-B/C, CVO-W/C, CVB-B/O
For mounting options and accessories
see page. 25
WIRED MICROPHONES
Centraverse
CVG12
CVO
WH SM
CVB
Form Factor
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
CVB
10
Dynamic
Condenser
Features
Desktop
Lectern
Lavalier/Headworn
Overhead
Application
B - Black finish
C - Cardioid
11
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
MICROFLEX OPTIONS KEY
®
MICROFLEX
Microflex® Multi-Element
Boundary Microphone. Perfect for
conference room installations.
N
O
P
R
S
SE
W
AL - Aluminium finish
B - Black finish
BI-Bidirectional
C -Cardioid
D - Desktop base
LED - LED Light Ring (green & red)
LP - Less-Preamp (supplied without preamp)
MX183
MICROFLEX®
Omnidirectional Microflex® lavalier
microphone. Featuring accurate
sound reproduction in a tiny,
unobtrusive design.
MX184
MICROFLEX®
Supercardioid Microflex® lavalier
unobtrusive design.
MX185
MICROFLEX®
Cardioid Microflex® lavalier
unobtrusive design.
–Wide dynamic range and frequency
response
–Rotatable tie-clip that pivots for greater
placement flexibility
–Supplied snap-fit foam windscreen
–Balanced, transformerless output
–Supplied Dual tie clip option holds two
microphones
response
– Supplied snap-fit foam windscreen
microphones
response
microphones
Options: MX180/N
Options: MX180/N
Options: MX180/N
MX150
MICROFLEX®
Subminiature Microflex® lavalier
condenser microphone. Ideal for
applications requiring low-profile
placement.
MX202
MICROFLEX®
Microflex® overhead microphones
featuring interchangeable
cartridges.
–Interchangeable cardioid or
supercardioid condenser cartridges
–Easy to aim, non-twist cable.
response
–Supplied stand-mount adapter for
portable applications
–White or black finish that blends
unobtrusively
–Available in a choice of cardioid or
omnidirectional polar patterns
–Multi-position tie clip allows for a
variety of placement options
against unwanted RF interference
–Kevlar™ reinforced soft-flex cable
design
Options: MX150B/O-XLR, MX150B/C-XLR
WIRED MICROPHONES
MX392
Options: MX202B/C, MX202B/S, MX202W/C, MX202W/S, MX202W/N, MX202BP/C,
MX202BP/S, MX202BP/N, MX202WP/C, MX202WP/S, MX202WP/N
MX393
MICROFLEX®
Microflex® Boundary Microphone.
Featuring low profile,
interchangeable cartridges and
built-in preamp.
MICROFLEX®
Featuring low profile,
interchangeable cartridges and
built-in preamp.
–Changeable cardioid, supercardioid and
omnidirectional cartridges
–LED logic input and switch logic output
terminals
–Programmable membrane on/off switch
plus LED
–Changeable cardioid, supercardioid and
omnidirectional cartridges
–Miniature three pin connector, 12’ XLR
cable
–Programmable membrane on/off switch
plus LED
Options: MX392/C, MX392/S, MX392/O
12
- No capsule supplied
-Omnidirectional
- Plate-mount preamp
- Red light ring
- Supercardioid (and/or Switched - MX412/418 only)
- Side-Exit cable
- White finish
–Dual-Element microhone, with two
cardioid capsules orientated at 0 and
180 Degrees
–Individual audio output for each
element
–Bi-colour status indicator
–Programmable mute switch
–Logic input/output
–CommShield® Technology
–Tri-Element microhone, with three
cardioid capsules orientated at -120,
0, and 120 Degrees, or -90, 0 and 90
degrees
–Individual audio output for each
element
–Bi-colour status indicator
–Programmable mute switch
–Logic input/output
Options: MX393/C, MX393/S, MX393/O
DISTRIBUTION UK
MX391
MICROFLEX®
Low profile, with interchangeable
cartridges and in-line preamp.
–Cardioid, supercardioid, and
omnidirectional cartridge options
–Sleek, low-profile design for unobtrusive
appearance
–Programmable on/off switch and LED
on/off indicator
–LED logic input and switch logic output
terminals
–Flat frequency response across the
vocal range
Options: MX391/C, MX391/S, MX391/O, MX391W/C, MX391W/S, MX391W/O
MX395
MICROFLEX®
Microflex® Low Profile Boundary
Mic. A discreet design with
exceptional sound quality.
Available in multiple colours and
polar patterns for customised
table installations.
–Cardioid, omni and bidirectional polar
patterns
–Available in black, white and
aluminium
–Bi-colour status indicator available
with -LED models
–Only 1.25 inch (3.8 cm) in diameter
Microflex® Multi-Element
Boundary Microphone. Perfect for
conference room installations.
MX396/C-Tri
MX396/C-Dual MICROFLEX
®
®
MX405
MICROFLEX®
Microflex® modular gooseneck
microphone, offering great
flexibility and performance for
conference rooms and similar
applications.
– 5” (12.7 cm) Gooseneck
– Cardioid and supercardioid options
–Bi-colour status indicator or
red light ring
–Programmable mute switch (desktop
models only)
–Surface-mount and wired or wireless
desktop base options
–CommShield® Technology for improved
RF filtering
Options: MX405/C, MX405S, MX405/C, MX405S, MX405/C, MX405S
MX410
MICROFLEX
Microflex modular gooseneck
applications.
®
®
–10” (25.4 cm) Gooseneck
–Cardioid and supercardioid options
–Bi-colour status indicator or red light
ring
models only)
RF filtering
Options: MX410/C, MX410/S, MX410R/N, MX410LP/C, MX410LP/S, MX410RLP/N
MX418
MX412
MX415
MICROFLEX
Microflex standard gooseneck
microphones offer wide frequency
response and accurate sound
reproduction for a wide variety of
applications.
MICROFLEX®
Microflex modular gooseneck
applications.
–12” (304.8 mm) Gooseneck
–Interchangeable cartridges
–Shock mount provides over 20 dB
isolation
–Logic input and output terminals
(D versions only)
–IProgrammable on/off switch and LED
(D versions only)
–15” (38.1 cm) Gooseneck
–Cardioid and supercardioid options
–Bi-colour status indicator or red light
ring
models only)
RF filtering
®
®
Options: MX412, MX412S, MX412SE, MX412D
®
Options: MX415/C, MX415/S, MX415R/N, MX415LP/C, MX415LP/S, MX415RLP/N
MICROFLEX
®
Microflex standard gooseneck
microphones offer wide frequency
response and accurate sound
reproduction for a wide variety of
applications.
®
–18” (457.2 mm) Gooseneck
–Interchangeable cartridges
–Shock mount provides over 20 dB
isolation
–Logic input and output terminals
(D versions only)
–Programmable on/off switch and LED
(D versions only)
Options: MX418, MX418S, MX418SE, MX418D
SM93
SM
Discreet miniature lavalier
microphone providing a sound
comparable to that of larger
mics. Ideal for theatre, television
broadcasting, video, film, and sound
reinforcement
–Omnidirectional condenser
–Smooth extended frequency response
–Controlled low-frequency rolloff
–Versatile mounting accessories
See Microflex Accessories page 42
for Mounting and Gooseneck options.
WIRED MICROPHONES
WH20XLR
WH
Dynamic Headset Microphone
providing high-quality voice pickup
for active mic users.
–Cardioid pickup pattern
–Lightweight wireframe and elastic
headband
–Frequency response comparable to
high-quality handheld dynamic mics
–Includes 3-pin male XLR connector w/
detachable belt clip
Options: MX395B/C/BI/O, MX395AL/C/BI/O, MX395W/O, MX395B/C/BI/O-LED
13
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wired Microphones > Paging and Communications
450-II
Wired Microphones – Paging and Communications
Shure paging and communication microphones are tailored for voice applications to ensure your message is
delivered loud and clear.
Page
Cardioid
Omnidirectional
Dynamic
515SBG-18X
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
450-II
503BG
514B
Paging and Communications
–Frequency response tailored for voice
communications
–Switch-selected dual impedance output
–PTT switch that can be locked “On” for
hands-free operation
–Four conductor, shielded, bare-ended,
straight cable
–Does not require DC power for operation
Features
Gooseneck
Desktop
Handheld
Application
515X
522
527
561
562
577B
588SDX
596LB
A desktop voice communication
microphone, designed for indoor
communication systems and
delivering optimum speech
intelligibility.
Handheld and Gooseneck Voice
Communication Microphones with
A13HD mounting flange.
–Gooseneck-mounted cardioid dynamic
microphone
communications
–Directional mic element with internal
shock mount
–PTT switch activates mic element and
external logic
–Four conductor, shielded, bare-ended
cable
–Includes 18” gooseneck with A13HD
heavy-duty mounting flange
515BSLX
Communication Microphones
designed for a variety of sound
reinforcement uses.
–Mountable cardioid dynamic
microphone
communications
shock mount
cable
–Attaches to gooseneck (not included) if
desired
–Slide switch activates mic element and
external logic
WIRED MICROPHONES
522
Dual impedance desktop mic
suppresses unwanted background
noise in public address/paging
applications.
communications
–Directional mic element
–Switch-selected dual impedance output
–PTT switch that can be locked “On”
straight cable
– Does not require DC power for operation
14
DISTRIBUTION UK
503BG
Compact gooseneck mic reduces
background noise for excellent
voice fidelity. Designed for indoor
communication systems.
communications
–Close-talk design reduces pick-up of
background noise
–Hum-bucking coil reduces noise from
computer displays
–Attaches to flexible gooseneck arm (not
included)
straight cable
515SBG-18XF
Communication Microphones with
A12HD mounting flange
–Gooseneck-mounted cardioid dynamic
microphone
communications
shock mount
– Does not require DC power for operation
external logic
cable
–Includes 18” gooseneck with A12HD
mounting flange
515SDX
reinforcement uses.
–Handheld cardioid dynamic microphone
communications
shock mount
–Mic stand adapter included
–Male XLR output connector
–Slide switch activates mic element
527B
Handheld voice communication
microphone designed for use in a
variety of mobile and fixed-station
applications.
communications
– Omnidirectional mic element
–Durable ARMO-DUR® case
–Double-pole, single-throw PTT switch
straight cable
–Mounting bracket included
514B
A low-impedance handheld mic
designed for communication
systems. Produces a clear,
natural voice response and high
intelligibility.
communications
–Omnidirectional mic element
straight cable
515SBGX
Communication Microphone.
–Mountable cardioid dynamic
microphone
communications
shock mount
external logic
cable
–Attaches to gooseneck (not included) if
desired
515BSM
reinforcement uses.
–Handheld cardioid dynamic microphone
communications
shock mount
–Four conductor, shielded cord with 5 pin
male XLR connector
external logic
527C
Handheld voice communication
microphone designed for use in a
variety of mobile and fixed-station
applications.
communications
straight cable
–Includes internal preamp, and requires
DC power for operation
15
WIRED MICROPHONES
Wired Microphones > Product Selector > Paging and Communications
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wired Microphones > Paging and Communications
Ball-type, dual-impedance mic
that provides excellent voice
reproduction for speech or music
pick-up.
596LB
communications
coil cord
545SD
PG52
PG56
PG57
PG81
PGDMK4
PGDMK6
SM7B
SM27
SM
SM57
SM94
SM81
DMK57-52
BETA 27
BETA 52A
Beta
BETA 56A
BETA 57A
BETA 91A
WIRED MICROPHONES
BETA 98A
BETA 98AMP
BETA 98H/C
BETA 181
KSM32
KSM
KSM44A
KSM137
KSM141
KSM313
DISTRIBUTION UK
Page
USB
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
520DX
SM137
16
Boundary
Side Address
Bi-Directional
Half-Cardioid
Form Factor
Super-Cardioid
Cardioid
Omnidirectional
Ribbon
Dynamic
Condenser
Cymbals
Snare/Toms
Kick
Percussion
Strings
Piano
Features
PG27
Economical, low impedance
handheld communications mic for
audio installations.
–Clear and intelligible voice pickup
–Symmetrical cardioid pickup pattern
–Effective filtering of breath noise and
popping
–Neodymium magnet for high signal-tonoise ratio
–Lockable ON/OFF switch
–Dual impedance selectable by internal
socket
–Three-pin professional audio (XLR)
connector
Harmonica
communications
– Directional mic element
background noise
– Durable ARMO-DUR® case
– Double-pole, single-throw PTT
straight cable
Brass
Application
17
WIRED MICROPHONES
588SDX
A handheld dynamic microphone
designed for voice communications
and paging applications.
Woodwind
communications
–Directional mic element
background noise
included)
–Two conductor, shielded, bare-ended,
straight cable
communications
included)
–Two conductor, shielded, bare-ended,
straight cable
577B
Electric Bass/Guitar
Noise cancelling mic designed for
fixed-station voice applications
subject to background noise.
Acoustic Bass/Guitar
562
Classic
Low-impedance gooseneck
microphone tailored for speech
intelligibility where noise levels are
minimal.
PG
561
Wired Microphones > Product Selector > Instrument
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wired Microphones > Instrument
SM7B
Wired Microphones – Instrument
Instrument microphones tailored to meet the unique requirements of a wide range of applications. Includes ultra-reliable dynamic
microphones, highly detailed condensers and smooth ribbon microphones.
CLASSIC
The definitive blues harp voice. The
“Green Bullet” features a signature
green and chrome die-cast case,
contoured to fit perfectly between
harmonica and hands.
545SD
CLASSIC
Classic Unidyne instrument
mic features selectable dualimpedance operation with a silent
on/off switch.
–Predecessor to the SM57
–Exceptionally uniform cardioid pattern
–Selectable dual-impedance operation
–Silent magnetic reed on/off switch with
lock option
–Dynamic cartridge
–High-impedance, omnidirectional
–Volume control knob
–Supplied with 1/4 inch connector
PG27
PG
microphone for instrument and
vocal recording applications.
–Large diaphragm capsule
–Flat, neutral frequency response
–High SPL handling
– USB option
–Classic cardioid polar pattern
–Improved rejection of electromagnetic
hum
–Internal “air suspension” shock
isolation
–Highly effective pop filter
– Detachable windscreen
–Yoke mounting with captive stand nut
for easy mounting
SM57
SM
An industry standard for
performance and recording, the
versatile SM57 is an exceptional
instrument microphone.
–Dynamic capsule with cardioid polar
pattern
–Pneumatic shock-mount system
–Extremely durable under the heaviest
use
PG52
PG
High-performance cardioid
dynamic kick drum microphone
tuned to capture low-end punch.
PG56
PG
A compact drum microphone for
close miking.
–Tuned specifically for drum applications
–Cardioid polar pattern
–A50D Drum mount included
–Neodymium magnet for high output
level
–Internal shock mount
–Tuned specifically for kick drum
applications
–Neodymium magnet for high output
level
WIRED MICROPHONES
PG81
PG
Condenser microphone ideal for
acoustic instruments.
PGDMK4
PG
Drum microphone kit for kick drum,
snare and 2 x tom toms.
–Consistent sensitivity through
frequency range
18
–Three PG56 snare/tom microphones
–One PG52 kick drum microphone
–Three A50D drum mounts
–Four 15ft. (4.57m) XLR-XLR cables
–One durable carrying case
DISTRIBUTION UK
SM27
SM
Large diaphragm, side-address
condenser microphone for stage
and studio applications.
–Uniform cardioid pattern
–Low-mass large Mylar® diaphragm
–3-position switchable low-frequency
filter
–Three separate mesh layers reduces
wind and breath noise
–15dB pad
SM94
SM
Condenser microphone with a wide,
flat response well-suited for live
amplified and acoustic instruments.
– AA battery or phantom power
SM137
SM
Versatile, flat-response condenser
microphone in both acoustic
and high volume performance
applications.
–Ultra-thin diaphragm
–15dB pad
–Transformerless preamplifier circuitry
SM81
SM
Industry-standard mic renowned
for sonic accuracy in stage and
studio performances.
– Cardioid polar pattern
–Selectable low-frequency response
– 0 dB/10 dB lockable attenuator switch
–Phantom powering
–20 Hz to 20 kHz frequency response
PG57
PG
A versatile microphone for use with
amplified or acoustic instruments.
–Tuned specifically for instrument
applications
PGDMK6
PG
snare, 2 x tom toms and cymbals.
–Three PG56 snare/tom microphones
–One PG52 kick drum microphone
–Two PG81 instrument microphones
–Three A50D drum mounts
–Six 15ft (4.57m) XLR-XLR cables
–One durable carrying case
DMK57-52
SM
snare and 2 x tom toms.
–3 SM57 snare/tom mics
–1 Beta52A kick drum mic
– 3 A56D drum mounts
–Carrying case included
BETA 56A
BETA
Compact drum microphone
engineered for close miking of
snare and toms.
–Supercardioid polar pattern
–Built–in stand adapter with dynamic
locking system
–Compact design reduces stage clutter
– Hardened steel mesh grille
–Neodymium magnet for high signal–to–
noise ratio
–Advanced pneumatic shock mount
system
BETA 27
BETA
Precision-engineered, largediaphragm side-address
microphone for professional live
and studio applications.
–Mylar ® diaphragm for superior
transient response
filter
–-15 dB switchable attenuator
–Premium electronic components
–Internal pop filter with three separate
mesh layers
BETA 57A
BETA
Instrument microphone designed
for use with amplified or acoustic
instruments.
–Hardened steel mesh grille
noise ratio
system
BETA 52A
BETA
Optimised for low-frequency bass
punch/high-power SPL handling.
Designed for kick drum.
– Supercardioid polar patternapplications
–Built–in dynamic locking stand adapter
–Hardened steel mesh grille
system
noise ratio
BETA 91A
BETA
Precision-engineered half-cardioid
condenser microphone. Featuring
integrated preamp and two-position
contour switch for kick drum &
other low-frequency applications.
–Uniform half-cardioid polar pattern
–Low-profile design features integrated
preamplifier
–Two position contour switch to
maximise attack and clarity
19
WIRED MICROPHONES
520DX
SM
Shielded dynamic microphone with
selectable frequency response.
The SM7B delivers warm and
smooth audio in close proximity
applications.
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
–Able to withstand high sound pressure
level
–High-flex cable with attached
preamplifier
–Gooseneck, for optimum placement
–Cardioid, supercardioid,
omnidirectional, or bidirectional
–Capsules available separately for
custom flexibility
–Wide dynamic range & high SPL
handling
–Wide dynamic range & high SPL
handling
–Only 12.5 cm long ( 5 inches )
Capturing high-resolution audio for your production or broadcast, Shure offers a number of microphones for media
applications where high speech intelligibility is essential.
condenser
circuitry
Mylar® diaphragm
SPL handling
–Integrated three-stage pop protection &
shock mount
SM7B
SM10A
SM11
SM63
VP64A
WIRED MICROPHONES
KSM141
KSM
End-address condenser instrument
microphone with switchable polar
patterns.
KSM
Premier studio microphone
featuring advanced preamplifier
technology and three polar pattern
options. Produces warm and
articulate sound for critical studio
tracking.
–Prethos® Advanced Preamplifier
Technology
–Cardioid, omnidirectional and
bidirectional
–24-Karat gold-layered, low mass
diaphragms
–Switchable 15 dB pad
–3-position switchable low-frequency filter
– Subsonic filter
–Integrated three-stage “pop” protection
KSM
A versatile, durable, and precise
single cardioid polar pattern
instrument microphone.
– Low mass Mylar® diaphragm
–Class A, discrete, transformerless
preamplifier
– Subsonic filter
–3-position switchable pad (0 dB, 15 dB,
and 25 dB)
filter
VP83F
VP82
VP88
VP89
Page
KSM313
KSM
Premium dual-voice ribbon
microphone for world-class studio
tracking.
–Cardioid and omnidirectional polar
patterns
– Low mass Mylar® diaphragm
–Class A, discrete, transformerless
preamplifier
– Subsonic filter
–Three-position switchable pad (0 dB, 15
dB, and 25 dB)
–Three-position switchable lowfrequency filter
20
KSM137
WIRED MICROPHONES
condenser
circuitry
Mylar® diaphragm
SPL handling
–Supplied with shock mount and metal
protection case
KSM44A
VP
KSM SERIES
productions.
Headset
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
PG42-USB
VP83
KSM32/SL
Lavalier
Shotgun
End Address
Side Address
Handheld
Flash Recording
Mid/Side
Form Factor
Lobar
Hyper-Cardoid
Super-Cardoid
Omnidirectional
KSM SERIES
productions.
Dynamic
KSM32/CG
Features
Condenser
Application
Cardioid
–Uniform cardioid polar pattern
–Integrated preamplifier and XLR
connector
–Flexible gooseneck
–Ships with A75M Universal Microphone
mount
Radio Broadcast
BETA
Ultra-Compact Side-Address
Microphone. The Beta 181 is a
versatile condenser instrument
microphone with interchangeable
polar pattern capsule options.
Wired Microphones – Broadcast and Media Production
Podcasts
BETA 181
BETA
Miniature drum microphone.
Precision-engineered with
integrated gooseneck, XLR
preamplifier, and Universal
Microphone Mount.
HD-SLR
BETA
A versatile solution for woodwind,
brass and percussion instruments.
No external mounting hardware
required.
–External preamplifier for discreet cable
placement
– Frequency response tailored for drums
– Miniature unobtrusive design
–Ships with A98D flexible gooseneck
drum mount
BETA 98AMP
TV/Film
–External preamplifier for discreet cable
placement
– Frequency response tailored for drums
–Miniature unobtrusive design
–Ships with RK282 shock mount swivel
adapter
BETA 98H/C
BETA
Miniature condenser microphone.
Precision-engineered for
professional drum and instrument
applications.
Interview/ENG
Beta 98AD/C
PG
BETA
Miniature condenser microphone.
Precision-engineered for
professional drum and instrument
applications.
SM
BETA 98A/C
Wired Microphones > Product Selector > Broadcast and Media Production
–True Dual-Voice tuned for amplifiers or
vocals
ribbon material
vocals, acoustic instruments
DISTRIBUTION UK
21
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wired Microphones > Broadcast and Media Production
PG
Side-address USB condenser
microphone for lead vocal digital
recording applications.
–Integrated pre-amp with Microphone
Gain Control
– Zero Latency Monitoring
–Headphone jack for monitoring
–Monitor Mix Control
–16 bit, up to 48 kHz sample rate
SM11
SM
Lavalier mic designed for
applications where the smallest
dynamic professional-quality mic
is required.
SM7B
SM
Shielded dynamic microphone
with selectable frequency
response. The SM7B delivers
warm and smooth audio in close
proximity applications.
–Classic cardioid polar pattern
–Improved rejection of
electromagnetic hum
–Internal “air suspension”
shock isolation
–Highly effective pop filter
–Detachable windscreen
–Yoke mounting with captive stand
nut for easy mounting
SM63
SM
Compact, lightweight, durable
handheld microphone with
a professional sound and
appearance.
–Omnidirectional pickup pattern
–Small and lightweight for
unobtrusive operation
– Minimised clothing noise
– Flexible long-life cable
VP83
VP83F
VP
LensHopper™ camera-mount
shotgun condenser microphone.
Works with DSLR cameras and HD
camcorders, capturing detailed,
high-definition audio with full
low-end response.
VP
LensHopper™ camera-mount
condenser microphone with
integrated flash recording.
Compact design for high-definition
audio with DSLR cameras and HD
camcorders.
–Supercardioid / lobar polar pattern
– High sensitivity and low self-noise
–Superior RF immunity
–Three-position gain (-10 dB pad, 0,
+20 dB boost)
– Low-cut filter
–Integrated Rycote® Lyre® shock mount
–Supercardioid / lobar polar pattern
–Integrated digital flash recording
–Dedicated headphone audio output
–High sensitivity and low self-noise
–Superior RF immunity
–Easily accessible MicroSD card slot
–Integrated Rycote® Lyre® shock mount
WIRED MICROPHONES
VP88
VP
Single-point, stereo condenser
microphone for use in professional
studio recording, field production,
electronic news gathering, and
studio broadcasting applications.
–Cardioid and Bidirectional polar
patterns
–Built-in stereo matrix for direct control
of stereo spread
–Time-coherent, Mid-Side (M-S) design
–Selectable, low-frequency roll-off
–Operates on phantom power or a 6V
camera battery
22
–Omnidirectional pickup pattern
– High output, low impedance
–Tailored for optimum speech
intelligibility
–Long microphone design
– Humbucking coil
Options:
- SM63 - Champagne 14.5cm handle
- SM63L - Champagne 23cm handle
- SM63LB - Black 23cm handle
SM10A
SM
Headworn low-impedance
microphone designed for close-talk
headworn applications such as
remote-site sport broadcasting.
–Fully adjustable headband and
microphone boom
VP64A/AL
VP
Sleek, ergonomic mic with high
energy neodymium magnet.
Clarity and crispness for speech
reproduction.
–Omnidirectional polar pattern
–Neodymium magnet for increased
output
– Optimum speech clarity
– Internal isolation mount
– Supplied windscreen
Options:
- VP64A - 20cm handle
- VP64AL - 24.4cm handle
VP82
VP
End-Address Shotgun Condenser
Microphone for camera-mounted
AV media production applications.
–Integrated preamplifier design
–Wide aperture for near-field sound
sources
– Natural off-axis rejection
–Compact and lightweight
WIRED MICROPHONES
PG42-USB
VP89 (S,M,L)
VP
End-Address Shotgun Condenser
Microphone. Features
interchangeable long, medium,
and short capsules for critical
broadcast and media production
applications.
–State-of-the-art preamplifier
– Superior RF immunity
– Internal low-frequency roll-off
–Recessed low-cut filter switch
–
Options:
VP89L (Long)
VP89M (Medium)
VP89S (Short)
All Supplied with foam windscreen and case
DISTRIBUTION UK
23
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wired Microphones > Accessories
BETA Microphone
KSM Studio
Broadcast Microphone cont’d
Windscreens
A75M
A27SM
A89MW-SFT
A1WS
A32M
A89MW-KIT
A3WS
A32SM
A89MW-JMR
A7WS
A32WS
A89MW
A58WS/COLS
A44M
A89M-SH
ShureLock™ Swivel Mount - KSM44 – Champagne.
Invision video Shoe Mount for VP89M, VP89s and VP82.
A81WS
A44ASM
A89M-PG
PS-6
A109ZB
A89M-CC
A98D
Shock Mount Adapter - KSM27.
Swivel Adapter - KSM27/32 - Black.
Drum Mount – SM98A, Beta 98/S.
A181C
Shock Mount Adapter - KSM32.
Hardcase with Zipper for Beta 181 Preamp, 4 Capsules, Windscreen,
Mic Clip.
RPM181/C
Cardioid Condenser Capsule for Beta 181.
RPM181/S
Supercardioid Condenser Capsule for Beta 181.
Foam windscreen - KSM32 – Grey.
ShureLock™ Elastic-Suspension Shock Mount - KSM44 – Champagne.
RPM181/O
Omnidirectional Condenser Capsule for Beta 181.
RPM181/BI
Zip bag – KSM109.
A100WS
Bidirectional Condenser Capsule for Beta 181.
Foam windscreen – KSM137/141.
RPM181/PRE
VP89M Softie Windshield.
VP89M Windshield Kit.
VP89M Replacement Windjammer.
Windscreen for VP89M.
Softie Lyre Mount Pistol Grip for VP89M, VP89S and VP82.
Softie Lyre Mount w/ CCA (Camera Clamp Accessory) for VP89M, VP89S
and VP82.
Windscreen – 515, Beta 56/57, 10A.
Windscreen - PG81, SM94, BG4, 849, KSM109.
Windscreen - SM7 - close talk.
Windscreen - SM58®/similar, (Colours).
Windscreen, Large Foam - SM81, SM57.
Popper Stopper™, 6” Diameter, 14” Gooseneck.
Microphone Clips
A89MC
A25DM
A89LW-SFT
A27M
Standard Shure Mic Clip - SM58® etc.
A300M
Carrying Case for VP89M.
VP89L Softie Windshield.
Stereo Mic Adapter, Two mics on one stand.
KSM42/44
A300SM
A89LW-KIT
A57F
A42SM
A300RSM
VP89L Windshield Kit.
KSM42 Shock Mount.
Universal Shockmount for KSM353.
A42PF
A313M
VP89L Replacement Windjammer.
KSM42 Clip-on pop filter.
Mount, Custom Swivel Monocle – KSM313.
A42OR
A313SM
Windscreen for VP89L.
KSM42 O-rings (4 pcs.) for A42SM.
Shock Mount , Elastic Suspension – KSM313.
A42SC
A353SM
Softie Lyre Mount w/ Boom Adapter for VP89L.
Preamplifier for Beta 181.
ShureLock™ Standmount for KSM313 & KSM353.
ShureLock™ Wire Rope Shockmount for KSM353.
Shock Mount , Spring-Loaded Suspension - KSM353.
KSM42 Standard KSM case.
A89LW-JMR
A89LW
A89LM-BA
A89LC
Carrying Case for VP89L.
A42VB
Broadcast Microphone
KSM42 Velvet Pouch.
A44AM
A89U
KSM44A Mount.
WIRED MICROPHONES
Adapter for modular shotguns (U-shaped).
A44ASM
A89SW-SFT
KSM44A Shock-Mount.
VP89S and VP82 Softie Windshield.
A44ASC
A89SW-KIT
KSM44A Standard Case.
VP89S and VP82 Windshield Kit.
A44AVB
A89SW-JMR
KSM44A Velvet Pouch.
Narrow Mic clip – SM81, VP64, SM63.
Shock Mounts
A53M
Shock Stopper™ Mic Clip, Narrow - SM81, SM94, VP64, KSM137, and KSM141.
A55M
Shock Stopper™ Mic Clip – SM58®/Tapered mics.
A55HM
As A55M but half mount/quick release.
Centraverse®
A88SM
ACV4GWS-B
A89SM
Windscreen Replacement Pack (4 pcs.), Gooseneck, black.
Shock Mount - VP88.
Shock Mount - SM89 or any Mic with a 3/4” diameter handle.
WIRED MICROPHONES
Universal Microphone Mount with large and small clip adapters and
universal threaded adapter post.
ACV4OWS-B
Windscreen Replacement Pack (4 pcs.), Overhead , black.
ACV4OWS-W
Windscreen Replacement Pack (4 pcs.), Overhead, white.
VP89S and VP82 Replacement Windjammer.
A89SW
Windscreen for VP89S and VP82.
A89SC
Carrying Case for VP89S.
24
DISTRIBUTION UK
25
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wired Microphones > Options
Stands & Brackets
Goosenecks
Centraverse
A12
G6A
CVD-B
Mounting Flange – 5/8” Thread - Silver.
Gooseneck 6” – Silver, side exit/entry.
A13HD
G12B
Heavy Duty Flange - 5/8” Thread - Silver.
12” Black Gooseneck for 503BG, 515BSL and 515BSLX.
A13HDB
G12-CN
Heavy Duty Flange - 5/8” Thread - Black.
12” Gooseneck with Attached Female XLR Connector, Chrome.
A50D
Microphone Drum Mount - Rim Clip (PG).
A56D
Microphone Drum Mount - Universal clamp, rim or stand.
Telescopic Studio Mic Stand - 15’.
®
Microflex
MX400DP
18” Gooseneck-Side Vent, Chrome.
Small Desktop Base with input, switched preamplifier, programmable
logic switch and LED. Supports standard and light ring for
MX405/410/415 mics.
G18-CN
MX400SMP
18” Gooseneck with Attached Female XLR Connector, Chrome.
27” Black Gooseneck for 503BG, 515BSL, and 515BSLX.
S37A
XLR Desktop Base, 12’ Cable, Black.
G18A
G27B
S15A
®
Installed Shock Mount Preamplifier sold seperately for MX405/410/415
mics, coverplate, 5-pin XLR (female connector included).
Supports standard and light ring microphones.
®
Microflex Capsules
Rectangular Table Stand.
R183B
OMNIDIRECTIONAL - BLACK Cartridge for All Microflex® Models (exc. MX150/153).
R183W
OMNIDIRECTIONAL - WHITE Cartridge for All Microflex® Models (exc. MX150/153).
R184B
SUPERCARDIOID - BLACK Cartridge for All Microflex® Models (exc. MX150/153).
R184W
SUPERCARDIOID - WHITE Cartridge for All Microflex® Models (exc. MX150/153).
R185B
CARDIOID - BLACK Cartridge for All Microflex® Models (exc. MX150/153).
R185W
CARDIOID - WHITE Cartridge for All Microflex® Models (exc. MX150/153).
WIRED MICROPHONES
WIRED MICROPHONES
26
DISTRIBUTION UK
27
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > Category Overview
Wireless Microphones > Product Selector
WIRELESS
MICROPHONES.
Wireless Microphones
Experience the legendary Shure sound with the total freedom of a wireless solution. From in-ear
monitoring to wireless systems for vocals, guitars, brass & woodwind, Shure caters for start out bands
to the needs of professional touring musicians and presenters.
GLX-D
FP
BLX
Wireless
GLX-D
Wireless
FP
Wireless
Bodypack &
Product Selectors
Wireless Microphones
29
Options64
Accessories67
SLX
Handheld
Gooseneck
Boundary
QLX-D
QLX-D
Wireless
Standard
ULX-D
Receiver
Dual & Quad
Receivers
Standard
UHF-R
Receiver
Portable
Receiver
Axient
Microflex
Wireless
Axient
Wireless
Microflex
Wireless
Page
Advanced Rechargeability (Li-ion)
Transmitter Remote Control
Frequency Diversity
Interference Avoidance
Interference Detection
Receiver Headphone Monitoring
Encryption
Digital Output
Networkable
Digital
Analogue
Transmitter Material
Licence Free
12
24
MHz
UHF
Moulded
ABS
30
8
83.5
MHz
2.4
GHz
Metal/
ABS
36
14
24
MHz
UHF
Moulded
ABS
40
14
24
MHz
UHF
Moulded
ABS
42
14
24
MHz
UHF
Metal
42
67
72
MHz
UHF
Metal
46
67
72
MHz
UHF
Metal
50
67
72
MHz
UHF
Metal
45
60
MHz
UHF
Metal
54
45
60
MHz
UHF
Metal
56
45
228
MHz**
UHF
Metal
AES3
58
64
20
MHz
DECT
Moulded
ABS
Dante
62
Dante
51
*Per frequency band under ideal conditions
**Selectable 60 MHz windows
28
DISTRIBUTION UK
29
Shure offers a comprehensive range of wireless systems for vocal performance, spoken word,
guitars, bass, brass and woodwind. The systems are used by everyone from bands and fitness
instructors to professional touring musicians and presenters.
BLX
Specturm Band
Thanks to continuous advances and improvements in sound quality and reliability, wireless
microphone systems are more popular today than ever. Their potential goes far beyond the
stage. You can find wireless microphone systems in exercise studios, schools, houses of worship,
presentation halls – anywhere a performer or presenter wants true freedom of movement.
Max* Wireless Channels
Wireless microphones are used when a wired mic is not desirable or practical. They transport
an audio signal by using a radio wave to ‘carry’ the audio from transmitter to receiver.
Tuning Bandwidth
Features
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > BLX
BLX
Wireless Receivers - Single
Ideal entry-level wireless microphone systems for small venues. BLX offers professional quality sound with simple setup and an
intuitive interface. Single-channel, dual-channel, and rack mount receiver options available. Shure BLX systems are powered with
AA batteries, offer a 24 MHz tuning bandwidth and up to 12 compatible systems per frequency band.
BLX4
Single-channel Receiver. Provides professional
quality sound with simple setup and an intuitive
interface.
– Up to 12 compatible systems
–Internal antenna diversity
–One-touch QuickScan locates the best frequency
–1/4” jack and XLR output connections
–Two colour audio status indicator LED
Wireless Transmitters - Bodypack
BLX1
BLX
Bodypack Transmitter with a
lightweight, durable design.
BLX4R
–Adjustable gain control
–26dB Gain Range
–Quick and easy frequency matching
–Power and battery status LED
–Up to 14 hours of continuous use
–AA batteries included
–Up to 12 compatible systems
–Removable antennas for remote mounting
–LCD display with detail RF and audio metering
– Two colour audio status indicator LED
Wireless Receivers - Dual
BLX
Handheld Transmitter with a
lightweight, rugged design.
–Integrated microphone capsule
–Adjustable Gain Control
– -10dB gain attenuation
– Quick and easy frequency matching
– Power and battery status LED
– Up to 14 hours of continuous use
– AA batteries included
Not available without capsule - see listed options
BLX2/SM58
BLX
Handheld Transmitter with SM58
capsule for warm & clear lead and
backing vocals. Cardioid.
BLX2/PG58
BLX
BLX2/B58
BLX
Handheld Transmitter with Beta58
capsule. Precision engineered
to accentuate the voice. Super
Cardioid.
BLX88
BLX
Dual-channel Receiver. Provides professional quality
sound with simple setup and an intuitive interface.
– Internal antenna diversity
–Two colour audio status indicator LED
Handheld Transmitter with PG58
capsule. For lead and backing
vocals. Cardioid.
*
BLX
Rack-mount Receiver. Provides professional quality
sound with simple setup and an intuitive interface.
Transmitters - Handheld
BLX2*
BLX
30
DISTRIBUTION UK
31
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Handheld Systems - Single
Bodypack Systems - Dual
BLX
BLX24RUK/PG58
BLX
Vocal System. BLX2/PG58 Handheld
Transmitter, BLX4 Diversity
Receiver, Power Supply, Mic Clip,
2 x AA Batteries.
Vocal System. BLX2/PG58 Handheld
Transmitter, BLX4R Diversity
Rackmount Receiver, Single/
Dual Rackmount Kit, 2 x 1/4 Wave
Antennas, Power Supply, Mic Clip,
2 x AA Batteries.
BLX24UK/SM58
BLX
BLX24RUK/SM58
BLX
Vocal System. BLX2/SM58
Handheld Transmitter, BLX4
Diversity Receiver, Power Supply,
Mic Clip, 2 x AA Batteries,
Zippered Carry Case.
Vocal System. BLX2/SM58 Handheld
Antennas, Power Supply, Mic Clip,
2 x AA Batteries.
BLX24UK/B58
BLX
BLX24RUK/B58
BLX
Vocal System. BLX2/BETA58
Handheld Transmitter, BLX4
Mic Clip, 2 x AA Batteries,
Vocal System. BLX2/BETA58
Handheld Transmitter, BLX4R
Diversity Rackmount Receiver,
Single/Dual Rackmount Kit, 2 x 1/4
Wave Antennas, Power Supply,
Mic Clip, 2 x AA Batteries.
Handheld Systems - Dual
BLX288UK/PG58
BLX
Dual Vocal System. 2 x BLX2/PG58
Handheld Transmitter, BLX88 Dual
Channel Diversity Receiver, Power
Supply, Mic Clip, 4 x AA Batteries.
BLX288UK/B58
BLX
Dual Vocal System. 2 x BLX2/BETA58
BLX288UK/SM58
BLX188UK
BLX
Dual Bodypack System. 2 x BLX1
Bodypack Transmitter, BLX88 Dual
Supply, 2 x WA302 Instrument
Cable, 4 x AA Batteries.
Lavalier Systems - Single
BLX14UK/CVL
BLX
Lavalier System. BLX1
BodypackTransmitter, BLX4
CVL-B/C Lavalier, 2 x AA Batteries,
BLX
Dual Vocal System. 2 x BLX2/SM58
Lavalier Systems - Dual
BLX188UK/CVL
BLX
Dual Lavalier System. 2 x BLX1
Supply, 2 x CVL-B/C Lavalier,
4 x AA Batteries.
Bodypack System - Single
BLX14UK
BLX
BLX14RUK/B98
BLX
Bodypack System. BLX1
BodypackTransmitter, BLX4
WA302 Instrument Cable,2 x AA
Batteries, Zippered Carry Case.
BLX14UK/B98
BLX
Bodypack System. BLX1 Bodypack
Receiver, Power Supply, BETA98H/C
Microphone, 2 x AA Batteries,
BLX14RUK
BLX14RUK/CVL
BLX
Lavalier System. BLX1
BodypackTransmitter, BLX4R
Diversity Rackmount Receiver,
Single/Dual Rackmount Kit, 2 x 1/4
CVL-B/C Lavalier, 2 x AA Batteries.
BLX
Antennas, Power Supply, WA302
Instrument Cable, 2 x AA Batteries.
BLX24UK/PG58
Dual Rackmount Kit, 2 x 1/4
BETA98H/C, 2 x AA Batteries.
32
DISTRIBUTION UK
33
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Headset Systems - Single
BLX14UK/P31
BLX
BLX14RUK/P31
BLX
Headset System. BLX1 Bodypack
Receiver, Power Supply, PGA31
Headset, 2 x AA Batteries, Zippered
Carry Case.
Antennas, Power Supply, PGA31
Headset, 2 x AA Batteries.
BLX14UK/SM31
BLX
BLX14RUK/SM31
BLX
BLX188UK/SM35
BLX
BLX1288UK/CVL
BLX
BLX1288UK/SM35
BLX
Receiver, Power Supply, SM31FH
Carry Case.
Antennas, Power Supply, SM31FH
BLX14UK/SM35
BLX
BLX14RUK/SM35
BLX
BLX1288UK/P31
BLX
Receiver, Power Supply, SM35
Carry Case.
Antennas, Power Supply, SM35
Headset Systems - Dual
BLX188UK/SM31
BLX
Dual Headset System. 2 x BLX1
Supply, 2 x SM31FH Headset,
4 x AA Batteries.
Dual Headset System. 2 x BLX1
Supply, 2 x SM35 Headset,
4 x AA Batteries.
Combo Systems
BLX
BLX1288UK/SM31
BLX
Combo System. BLX1 Bodypack
Transmitter, BLX2/SM58 Handheld
Transmitter, BLX88 Dual Channel
WA302 Instrument Cable, Mic Clip,
4 x AA Batteries.
SM31FH Headset, Mic Clip,
4 x AA Batteries.
34
Transmitter, BLX2/PG58 Handheld
CVL-B/C Lavalier, Mic Clip,
4 x AA Batteries.
Transmitter, BLX2/PG58 Handheld
PGA31 Headset, Mic Clip,
4 x AA Batteries.
BLX1288UK/SM58
SM35 Headset, Mic Clip,
4 x AA Batteries.
DISTRIBUTION UK
35
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > GLX-D
GLX-D
Wireless Receivers
Digital Wireless Systems operating in the licence-free 2.4 GHz frequency band. GLX-D uses Shure rechargeable Lithium-ion
batteries, offering 16 hours battery life from a 3 hour charge. LinkFreq automatic frequency management allows the systems to
switch to back-up frequencies in case of interference. Up to 4 compatible systems can be run simulteneously in a typical setting
(up to 8 under ideal conditions).
GLXD1
GLXD4
GLX-D
Digital Diversity Receiver. Operates in the license-free
2.4GHz spectrum.
–Up to 8 compatible systems (depending on operating mode)
– LinkFreq frequency management
–Remote adjustable transmitter gain control
–Battery status monitoring accurate to +/- 15 minutes
– Integrated battery charge port
GLX-D
Digital Bodypack Transmitter with
rugged, metal construction and
reversible belt clip.
GLXD6
GLX-D
Digital Diversity Pedal Receiver. Operates in the
license-free 2.4GHz spectrum.
–Automatically links with GLXD4 receiver
–Two colour status indicator LED
–Shure Li-Ion rechargable batteries
–Up to 8 compatible systems (depending on operating mode)
– LinkFreq frequency management
– Strobe and meter tuning options
–High-resolution LED display
GLXD2*
GLX-D
Digital Handheld Transmitter with
durable, lightweight construction.
–Automatically links with GLXD4 receiver
– Integrated microphone capsule
–Two colour status indicator LED
–Shure Li-Ion rechargable batteries
Not available without capsule - see options
*
GLXD2/B58
GLX-D
GLXD2/B87A
GLX-D
Cardioid.
GLX-D
GLXD2/SM86
GLX-D
capsule for clear reproduction of
lead vocals. Cardioid.
Handheld Transmitter with Beta87A
capsule for exceptionally smooth
frequency response. Ideal for
a professional lead or backing
vocalist. Super Cardioid.
GLXD2/SM58
36
DISTRIBUTION UK
37
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Handheld Systems - Single
Lavalier Systems
GLXD24UK/SM58
GLX-D
GLXD24UK/B87A
GLX-D
Vocal System.GLXD2/SM58
Handheld Transmitter, GLXD4
Mic Clip, Shure Rechargeable
Battery, Zippered Carry Case.
GLXD24UK/SM86
GLX-D
Vocal System. GLXD2/SM86
Vocal System. GLXD2/BETA87A
GLXD24UK/B58
GLX-D
Vocal System. GLXD2/BETA58
GLXD14UK/93
GLX-D
Lavalier System. GLXD1 Bodypack
Transmitter, GLXD4 Diversity
Receiver, Power Supply, WL93
Lavalier, Shure Rechargeable
GLXD14UK/85
GLX-D
GLXD14UK/SM31
GLX-D
Lavalier System. GLXD1 Bodypack
Receiver, Power Supply, WL185
Lavalier, Shure Rechargeable
Headset Systems
GLXD14UK/SM35
GLX-D
Headset System. GLXD1 Bodypack
Receiver, Power Supply, SM35
Headset, Shure Rechargeable
Headset System. GLXD1 Bodypack
Receiver, Power Supply, SM31FH
Headset, Shure Rechargeable
Guitar Systems
GLXD16UK-Z2
GLX-D
Guitar System. GLXD1 Bodypack
Transmitter, GLXD6 Pedal
Format Receiver, Power Supply,
WA305 Instrument Cable, Shure
Rechargeable Battery, Wall Battery
Charger, Zippered Carry Case.
Bodypack Systems
GLX-D
Bodypack System. GLXD1
Bodypack Transmitter, GLXD4
WA302 Instrument Cable, Shure
Rechargeable Battery, Zippered
Carry Case.
38
GLXD14UK/B98
GLX-D
Bodypack System. GLXD1 Bodypack
Receiver, Power Supply, BETA98
Microphone, Shure Rechargeable
DISTRIBUTION UK
GLXD14UK
39
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > FP Wireless
Wireless Microphones > FP Wireless
FP Wireless
Wireless Receivers
Featuring proven wireless technology, including Shure patented Audio Reference Companding, and intuitive, flexible components
such as portable receivers and XLR plug-on transmitters, FP captures professional sound in demanding and dynamic videography
and electronic field production (EFP) environments.
FP1
FP
FP5
FP
Portable battery-powered Receiver
designed for on-camera mounting.
–Automatic Frequency Selection locates
an open frequency
–Diversity antennas for consistent
reception
–Power and RF LED indicators
–Camera mount included
Bodypack Transmitter with a
–Automatic Transmitter Setup receivers
–LED indicator for control lockout,
IR RF sync, low battery
Bodypack Systems
FP
FP25/VP68
FP
Portable Bodypack System. FP1
Bodypack Transmitter, FP5 Portable
Receiver, Camera Shoe Mount,
TA3F-XLRM Cable, TA3F-3.5mm
Wireless Transmitters - Plug-on
FP3
FP15
FP
Plug-on Transmitter designed to
work with virtually any XLR dynamic
microphone or battery-powered
condenser microphones.
Portable Bodypack System. FP2/
VP68 Handheld Transmitter, FP5
Portable Receiver, Mic Clip,
Camera Shoe Mount, TA3F-XLRM
Cable, TA3F-3.5mm Cable,
4 x AA Batteries.
– Automatic Transmitter Setup
–LED indicator for control lockout,
IR RF sync, low battery
FP15/83
FP
FP35
FP
Bodypack Transmitter, FP5 Portable
Receiver, WL183 Lavalier,
4 x AA Batteries.
FP25/SM58
FP
Portable Bodypack System. FP2/
SM58 Handheld Transmitter, FP5
Portable Receiver, Mic Clip,
4 x AA Batteries.
Plug-On Transmitter, FP5 Portable
Receiver, Camera Shoe Mount,
TA3F-XLRM Cable, TA3F-3.5mm
FP2*
FP
–LED indicator for control lockout, IR RF
sync, low battery
–Interchangeable microphone capsules
–Cardioid
FP2/VP68
FP
Handheld Transmitter with VP68
capsule for professional and mobile
media production applications.
Omnidirectional.
FP2/SM58
FP
capsule for warm & clear voice
reproduction.
Requires capsule - not available as
standalone product
*
40
DISTRIBUTION UK
41
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > SLX
SLX Wireless
Wireless Receivers
Ready out-of-the-box and with a wide selection of legendary Shure microphones to choose from, SLX offers a tailored powerful
solution for sound installations and working bands requiring a simple set-up and exceptional audio quality.
SLX
Diversity Receiver includes Automatic Frequency
Selection and Automatic Transmitter Setup.
–
–
–
–
–
–
SLX1
SLX4
Up to 14 compatible systems
Detachable 1/4 wave antennas
Backlit LCD display
Rack hardware included
Automatic Frequency Selection and transmitter setup
Compatible with MX690/MX890 boundary microphones
SLX
Wireless Bodypack Transmitter can
be used in a variety of SLX Wireless
systems, including Lavalier,
Headworn, & Instrument.
SLX4L
SLX
Diversity Receiver includes logic output.
–Automatic Frequency Selection and transmitter setup
– Detachable 1/4 wave antennas
– Backlit LCD display
– Rack hardware included
–Logic output for use with external control systems;
Allows mute functionality while retaining AEC capabilities and
remote monitoring of battery life
–Compatible with logic functions of MX690/MX890
boundary microphones
– Backlit LCD with timeout feature
–Frequency and power lockout
– 3-segment battery fuel gauge
SLX
Handheld Wireless Microphone
Transmitter.
– Backlit LCD with timeout feature
–Frequency and power lockout
– 10 dB of adjustable gain
– 3-segment battery fuel gauge
–Interchangeable capsules
*Requires capsule - not available as
standalone product
SLX2/SM58
SLX
SLX2/SM86
SLX
reproduction. Cardioid.
Handheld Transmitter with
SM86 capsule for clear voice
SLX2/BETA58
SLX
Cardioid.
SLX2/BETA87A/C
SLX
Beta87A or Beta87C capsule for
exceptionally smooth frequency
response. Super Cardioid or
Cardioid.
SLX2*
Boundary Microphones
MX690
Microflex®
Microflex Wireless Boundary
Microphone for use with SLX
wireless receivers.
– Bi-colour status indicator
–IR link to receiver for automatic
frequency synchronization
– Programmable mute function
–CommShield Technology for improved
RF filtering
–Logic output for remote LED and mute
control
– Battery level indicator
MX890
Microflex®
Desktop Base for MX405, MX410
and MX415 Microflex miniature
gooseneck microphones.
Compatible with SLX4 receivers.
–Programmable frequency Group/
Channel display
–IR link to receiver for automatic
frequency synchronization
– Programmable mute function
–CommShield Technology for improved
RF filtering
–Logic output for remote LED and mute
control
Requires Gooseneck Microphone see pg.13
42
DISTRIBUTION UK
43
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Handheld Systems
SLX24UK/SM58
SLX
Handheld System. SLX2/SM58
Handheld Transmitter, SLX4
Diversity Receiver, Single/Dual
Rackmount Kit, 2 x 1/4 Wave
Antennas, Power Supply,
2 x AA Batteries.
Lavalier Systems
SLX14UK/93
SLX
Lavalier System. SLX1 Bodypack
Transmitter, SLX4 Diversity
Receiver, Single/Dual Rackmount
Kit, 2 x 1/4 Wave Antennas, Power
Supply, WL93 Lavalier,
2 x AA Batteries.
Bodypack Systems
SLX14UK/LC
SLX
Bodypack System. SLX1 Bodypack
Transmitter, SLX4 Diversity
Supply, 2 x AA Batteries.
44
DISTRIBUTION UK
45
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > QLX-D
QLX-D
Wireless Receivers
Professional Digital Wireless systems with transparent 24-bit digital audio, incredibly efficient wireless, encryption and networking.
QLX-D systems are all full metal construction, use Shure Lithium-ion rechargeable batteries and are perfect for demanding live
sound events and installations.
QLXD1
QLXD4
QLX-D
Digital Diversity Receiver with Automatic
Channel Scan.
–Up to 72MHz tuning bandwidth (region dependent)
–AES-256 encryption for secure wireless transmission
–Ethernet networking for streamlined setup and control
– High-contrast LCD display
QLX-D
rugged, metal construction.
–24-bit/48kHz digital audio with 20Hz to
20kHz frequency range
– 120dB dynamic range
–Backlit LCD display with selectable
display mode
–External charging contacts for docked
charging
–Optional SB900 lithium ion
rechargeable battery
QLXD2*
QLX-D
–120dB dynamic range
display mode
– Interchangeable microphone capsules
charging
QLXD2/B58
QLX-D
QLXD2/B87C
QLX-D
QLXD2/SM87
QLX-D
Cardioid.
Handheld Transmitter with Beta87C
frequency response. Cardioid.
QLXD2/B87A
QLX-D
QLXD2/SM58
QLX-D
QLXD2/KSM9
QLX-D
frequency response. Super
Cardioid.
Requires capsule not sold as standalone product
QLXD2/SM86
QLX-D
voice. Cardioid.
46
Handheld Transmitter with SM87A
capsule for detailed sound and
superior rejection of unwanted
sound sources. Super Cardioid.
DISTRIBUTION UK
*
Handheld Transmitter with KSM9
capsule for vocal subtlety with
extraordinary detail (Black).
Cardioid/Super Cardioid.
47
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Handheld Systems
Headset Systems
QLXD24/SM86
QLX-D
QLXD24/B58
QLX-D
Handheld System. QLXD2/SM86
Handheld Transmitter, QLXD4 Digital
Handheld System. QLXD2/BETA58
QLXD24/B58
QLXD24/SM58
QLXD24/B87C
QLX-D
Handheld System. QLXD2/BETA87C
QLXD24/SM87
QLX-D
QLXD24/B87A
QLX-D
QLXD14/SM35
QLX-D
Bodypack System. QLXD1 Bodypack
Transmitter, QLXD4 Digital Receiver,
Single/Dual Rackmount Kit, 2 x
1/2 Wave Antennas, Power Supply,
SM35 Headset, 2 x AA Batteries.
QLXD14/153B
QLX-D
QLXD14/98H
QLX-D
Single/Dual Rackmount Kit,
2 x 1/2 Wave Antennas, Power
Supply, MX153B Black Earset,
2 x AA Batteries.
QLXD14/153T
QLX-D
Supply, MX153T Tan Earset,
2 x AA Batteries.
QLX-D
Handheld System. QLXD2/BETA87A
Instrument Systems
QLXD14
QLX-D
WA305 Instrument Cable,
2 x AA Batteries.
QLX-D
Handheld System. QLXD2/BETA58
WB98H/C Microphone,
2 x AA Batteries.
Lavalier Systems
QLX-D
QLXD14/93
QLX-D
WL183 Lavalier, 2 x AA Batteries.
QLXD14/84
QLX-D
QLXD14/150/C
QLX-D
48
MX150/C Lavalier, 2 x AA Batteries.
DISTRIBUTION UK
QLXD14/85
QLX-D
QLXD14/150/O
QLX-D
MX150/O Lavalier, 2 x AA Batteries.
QLXD14/83
49
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > ULX-D
ULX-D
ULXD4
Extremely efficient RF performance (up to 63 channels in one 8 MHz TV channel), networked control, Dante™ digital audio, and
AES-256 encryption for professional sound reinforcement. Single, dual and quad receivers available.
–High-density mode allows up to 63-channels in 8MHz
ULX-D
display mode
–Detachable 1/4 wave antennas
charging
ULXD4D
Digital Diversity Dual Receiver with Automatic
Channel Scan, Dante networked audio and body-pack
frequency diversity. Rackmount.
–RF cascade output to link additional receivers
ULXD2*
ULX-D
ULX-D
–24-bit/48kHz digital audio with
20Hz to 20kHz frequency range
–Backlit LCD display with
selectable display mode
–Interchangeable microphone capsules
–External charging contacts
for docked charging
*
ULXD2/B58
ULX-D
ULXD2/KSM9HS
ULX-D
Cardioid.
ULXD2/SM58
ULX-D
ULXD2/B87A
ULX-D
ULXD2/KSM9
ULX-D
Cardioid.
extraordinary detail for live
performance (Black).
ULXD2/SM86
ULX-D
lead vocals. Cardioid.
ULXD2/B87C
ULX-D
ULXD2/SM87
ULX-D
Wireless Receivers - Quad
ULXD4Q
ULX-D
Digital Diversity Quad Receiver with Automatic
Channel Scan, Dante networked audio and body-pack
frequency diversity. Rackmount.
–RF cascade output to link additional receivers
ULXD1
ULX-D
Digital Diversity Receiver with Automatic Channel Scan
to find the cleanest frequency.
KSM9HS capsule for functional
flexibility, with vocal subtlety
and extraordinary detail (Black).
Hypercardioid/Subcardioid.
50
DISTRIBUTION UK
51
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Handheld Systems
Instrument Systems
ULXD24UK/SM58
ULX-D
ULXD24UK/B87C
ULX-D
Handheld System. ULXD2/SM58
Handheld Transmitter, ULXD4 Digital
ULXD24UK/B58
ULX-D
Handheld System. ULXD2/BETA58
ULXD24UK/B87A
ULX-D
Handheld System. ULXD2/BETA87A
Handheld System. ULXD2/BETA87C
ULXD14UK
ULX-D
Instrument System. ULXD1
Bodypack Transmitter, ULXD4
Digital Receiver, Single/Dual
Antennas, Power Supply,
2 x AA Batteries.
ULXD14UK/98H
ULX-D
Instrument System. ULXD1
Bodypack Transmitter, ULXD4
Digital Receiver, Single/Dual
Antennas, Power Supply, Beta98H
Microphone, 2 x AA Batteries.
Bodypack System
ULXD14Q/LC
ULX-D
Bodypack System. 4 x ULXD1
Bodypack Transmitter, ULXD4Q
Quad Channel Digital Receiver,
2 x 1/2 Wave Antennas,
8 x AA Batteries.
Lavalier Systems
ULXD14UK/83
ULX-D
ULXD14UK/150/O
ULX-D
Lavalier System. ULXD1 Bodypack
Transmitter, ULXD4 Digital Receiver,
Supply, WL183 Microphone,
2 x AA Batteries.
ULXD14UK/85
ULX-D
Supply, WL185 Microphone,
2 x AA Batteries.
ULXD14UK/150/C
ULX-D
Supply, MX150/C Microphone,
2 x AA Batteries.
Supply, MX150/O Microphone,
2 x AA Batteries.
ULXD14UK/30
Headset System
ULX-D
Headset System. ULXD1 Bodypack
Supply, WH30-TQG Microphone,
2 x AA Batteries.
52
DISTRIBUTION UK
53
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > UHF-R
UHF-R
Wireless Transmitters - Handheld
Perfect for large-scale touring, with the flexibility to tightly control up to 108 connected transmitters operating on up to 2400
selectable frequencies, Shure UHF-R wireless microphone systems incorporate automatic frequency selection, transmitter sync
and smart menu-driven system functionality for intuitive, speedy setup across a wide 60 MHz bandwidth.
UR1
UHF-R
Bodypack Transmitter with
a lightweight, magnesium
construction.
UR1H
High-power Bodypack Transmitter
with lightweight, magnesium
construction.
–Automatic Transmitter Setup
–Bit-mapped backlit LCD display
–Up to 8 hours continuous use on
two AA batteries
–Compatible with Axient wireless
receivers
–250mw RF power output for long
distance transmission
–Optional external power supply
receivers
UR1M
UHF-R
Compact Bodypack Transmitter
with a lightweight, magnesium
construction.
–Up to 9 hours continuous use on two
AAA batteries
receivers
–Lemo connector option
UHF-R
lightweight, rugged design.
– All-metal die-cast construction
– Bit-mapped backlit LCD display
–Up to 8 hours continuous
use on two AAA batteries
–Compatible with Axient
wireless receivers
*
UR2/SM58
UHF-R
UR2/SM86
UHF-R
Wireless Transmitters - Plug-on
UR3
UHF-R
UR2*
UHF-R
UR2/SM87
UHF-R
UR2/BETA58A
UHF-R
UR2/BETA87A
UHF-R
UR2/BETA87C
UHF-R
capsule ideal for live performance
or project studio vocals. Super
Cardioid.
vocalist. Super Cardioid.
UR2/KSM9SL
UHF-R
UR2/KSM9BK
UHF-R
UR2/VP68
UHF-R
performance (Champagne).
performance (Black). Cardioid/
Super Cardioid.
Omnidirectional.
vocalist. Cardioid.
Plug-on Transmitter.
– Selectable +12V/+48V phantom power
–Selectable mic/line level input
–Sweepable high-pass filter
(35Hz - 285Hz)
–Microphone ID lists to recall settings
for multiple microphones
–Compatible with Axient
wireless receivers
54
DISTRIBUTION UK
55
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Receivers - Bodypack
UR5
UHF-R
Portable Diversity Receiver.
– Scan and Sync for fast setup
–Full range spectrum scan determines
RF conditions
–MTX mode allows fast switching
between multiple transmitters
–3.5mm headphone output
–Includes camera shoe mount and stand
strap mount
UR4S+
UHF-R
Diversity Receiver with network capability.
– Up to 47 compatible systems per band
–RF cascade output for linking additional receivers
–Flash Memory to store six 60-channel custom frequency groups
–Multi-function bit-mapped backlit LCD display
UR4D+
UHF-R
Dual-channel Diversity Receiver with network capability.
– Up to 47 compatible systems per band
–RF cascade output for linking additional receivers
–Flash Memory to store six 60-channel custom frequency groups
–Multi-function bit-mapped backlit LCD display
56
DISTRIBUTION UK
57
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > AXIENT
Axient Wireless
Receivers
AXT400*
With the Axient Wireless Management Network, Shure introduces a dramatic new threshold of control and confidence in RF
applications with zero tolerance for failure. Axient is the first wireless system which not only detects interference but will
automatically change to a clean frequency, in milliseconds and undetected by the user, to avoid interference. The foundation of
the Axient system is a suite of inter-related spectrum management tools that integrate spectrum analysis, channel allocation and
device management in a seamless, network-based platform.
–Expansive tuning bandwidth up to 228 MHz
–RF signal cascade connects up to 5 receivers
–Comprehensive real-time remote control of all transmitter
parameters
–AES3 digital audio output
–Compatible with UHF-R Transmitters
Transmitters - Bodypack
AXT100
AXIENT
Dual Channel Receiver with Frequency Diversity and
Interference Detection & Avoidance, Network port
allows for control via Wireless Workbench 6.
Various Frequencies and Accessory options available
*
AXIENT
Bodypack Transmitter with strong,
durable, and lightweight metal case
and ShowLink Remote Control.
TA4F Connector.*
Advanced Power Management
AXT900UK
– Switchable 10/50mW RF power levels
–Up to 80 MHZ tuning range matched to
UHF-R transmitter ranges
–Advanced lithium-ion batteries provide
reliable, rechargeable power
–Comprehensive real-time remote control
of all transmitter parameters
–Detachable 1/4 wave antenna
AXIENT
Rackmount Charging Station provides a battery
charging and storage solution with networked visibility
for up to 8 bodypack or handheld batteries.
–Fully networkable for monitoring via WWB6
–Reports battery power in hours and minutes
accurate to 15 minutes
–Rapid charging brings batteries to 50% capacity within 1 hour
–Battery capacity and time to full charge, visible on
the LCD and WWB6
Also available with Lemo3 connector
*
AXIENT
Handheld Transmitter with rugged,
sleek industrial design and
ShowLink Remote Control.
– Switchable 10/50mW RF power levels
–Up to 80 MHZ tuning range matched to
UHF-R transmitter ranges
–Advanced lithium-ion batteries provide
reliable, rechargeable power
–Comprehensive real-time remote control
of all transmitter parameters
AXT200/KSM9S
AXIENT
extraordinary detail (Silver).
58
AXT200/B58
AXIENT
Cardioid.
AXT200/B87A
AXIENT
AXT200/SM58
AXIENT
Cardioid.
DISTRIBUTION UK
AXT200/KSM9B
AXIENT
extraordinary detail (Black).
AXT200/B87C
AXIENT
UR2/SM87
AXIENT
AXT901
AXIENT
Bodypack Charging Module
charges 2 bodypack transmitter
batteries in the Axient Rackmount
Charging Station.
–Charges 2 AXT910 bodypack
transmitter batteries
–Fits into Axient Rackmount
Charging Station
–Rapid charging brings batteries to
50% capacity within 1 hour
–Completely charges batteries
within 3 hours
AXT902
AXIENT
Handheld Charging Module
charges 2 handheld transmitter
batteries in the Axient Rackmount
Charging Station.
–Charges 2 AXT920 handheld
transmitter batteries
–Fits into Axient Rackmount
Charging Station
–Rapid charging brings batteries to
50% capacity within 1 hour
–Completely charges batteries
within 3 hours
AXT200
59
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Connectivity
AXT600
AXIENT
Wide-band UHF spectrum scanner and spectrum
analyser. Calculates compatible frequencies and
deploys them to Axient receivers easily and efficiently.
–Scans the global UHF spectrum (470-952) MHz in
less than 1 minute
–Calculates compatible frequencies for all
networked Shure wireless devices
–Backup frequencies monitored continuously in real time
–Front-panel spectrum plot with Cursor, Zoom and Peak Find
AXT610*
AXIENT
Enables real-time control of transmitters and the
unprecedented ability to make instantaneous remote
adjustments to all transmitter settings.
–2.4 GHz wireless network connection with
linked Axient transmitters
–Remote control of up to 16 transmitters per
ShowLink® Access Point
–Automated 2.4 GHz frequency range channel selection
–Coverage area equivalent to the range of Axient transmitters
Available with and without PSU
*
AXT630*
AXIENT
Four antenna output pairs distribute filtered signal to
receivers, and an unfiltered RF cascade port is used to
connect the Axient Spectrum Manager.
–Selectable input filters protect against out-of-band signals
–Wideband filtering option covers multiple bands
–Front panel interface provides easy setup and control
–2 PoE-enabled Ethernet ports allows for control via WWB6
Various Frequencies and Accessory options available
*
AXT620UK
AXIENT
Rugged, rack-mountable 9-port switch that simplifies
the networking of Axient Wireless Systems and
minimizes network configuration setup.
60
DISTRIBUTION UK
–8 rear panel ports and one front panel port
–4 PoE ports provide power for ShowLink® Access Points
–Plug and Play Connectivity
–Onboard DHCP server automatically configures IP addresses
61
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > Microflex Wireless
Wireless Microphones > Microflex Wireless
Microflex Wireless
Advanced Power Management
MXWNCS4
Modern design and vivid, lifelike sound for boardrooms and AV conferencing environments. Encompasses a system of advanced
conferencing products that includes intelligent rechargeable microphone transmitters and charging stations, discreet wireless
access point transceivers, flexible audio network interfaces, and comprehensive software tools for remote adjustment and
monitoring of system settings.
4-port Networked Charging Station
compatible with Microflex Wireless
microphone systems.
Digital Handheld Transmitter with a
–Diversity transmit antennas to
maximise transmission strength
–Easy transmitter linking using the
Networked Charging Station
–Bi-directional wireless enables
microphone remote control
–Programmable mute button
–Standby mode to extend battery life
when not in use
–Up to 9 hours continuous use with
advanced lithium-ion batteries
MXW2/BETA58
Microflex®
Cardioid.
MXW2/SM58
Microflex®
MXW2/SM86
Microflex®
Connectivity
MXW2/VP68
Microflex®
Omnidirectional.
*
Transceiver - Desktop
MXW8
Digital Desktop Base Transmitter
for MX405, MX410 and MX415
Microflex miniature gooseneck
microphones. Headphone output
allows a user to listen to auxiliary
input source.
MXW1
Microflex®
Digital Hybrid Bodypack
Transceiver with integrated
omnidirectional microphone.
Headphone output allows a user
to listen to auxiliary input source.
–Easy transceiver linking using the
–Bi-directional wireless enables return
audio and mic remote control.
– Programmable mute button
when not in use
audio and mic remote control
when not in use
Microflex®
Digital Boundary Transceiver with a
low-profile design.
when not in use
62
MXW6/O-Z11
Microflex®
Boundary Microphone Transceiver,
omnidirectional polar pattern.
Headphone output allows a user to
listen to auxiliary input source.
MXWAPT8
Microflex®
4-channel wireless access point
transceiver for Microflex Wireless
systems. Power (via PoE) is
supplied over a single Ethernet
cable to simplify installation.
Microflex®
8-channel wireless access point
transceiver for Microflex Wireless
systems. Power (via PoE) is
supplied over a single Ethernet
cable to simplify installation.
–Transmits Dante networked audio
to any Dante end-point
–Combine multiple access points to
create systems of up to 40 microphones
–AES 256-bit encryption for
secure transmission
–Selectable output power for
up to 50m operating range
–Paintable cover allows
discreet placement
MXWANI4
Microflex®
4-channel Audio Network Interface for Microflex
Wireless microphone systems. Converts Dante
networked audio streams from the MXW access point
to analogue audio outputs.
–Four analogue output channels and one input channel
–Built-in four-port gigabit switch simplifies network connectivity
–Front panel controls for quick channel adjustments
–Headphone output for channel monitoring
–Web-based software allows control over a network
Transceivers - Boundary
MXW6
MXWAPT4
–Transmits Dante networked audio
to any Dante end-point
–Combine multiple access points to
create systems of up to 40 microphones
–AES 256-bit encryption for
secure transmission
–Selectable output power for
up to 50m operating range
–Paintable cover allows
discreet placement
Transceiver - Bodypack
Microflex®
–Holds eight MXW1, MXW2 or MXW6
transceiver; or four MXW8 gooseneck
base transceivers
built-in “Link” button
–Front panel displays battery charge in
five-segment LEDs
–Detailed battery monitoring within the
control software
MXW6/C-Z11
Microflex®
Boundary Microphone Transceiver,
cardioid polar pattern. Headphone
output allows a user to listen to
auxiliary input source.
MXWANI8
Microflex®
Microflex®
8-port Networked Charging Station
compatible with Microflex Wireless
microphone systems.
–Holds four MXW1, MXW2 or MXW6
transceiver; or two MXW8 gooseneck
base transceivers
–Easy transceiver linking using the builtin “Link” button
–Front panel displays battery charge in
five-segment LEDs
–Detailed battery monitoring within the
control software
MXW2*
MXWNCS8
Microflex®
Microflex®
8-channel Audio Network Interface for Microflex
Wireless microphone systems. Converts Dante
networked audio streams from the MXW access point
to analogue audio outputs.
–Eight analogue output channels and two input channels
–Built-in four-port gigabit switch simplifies network connectivity
–Front panel controls for quick channel adjustments
–Headphone output for channel monitoring
–Web-based software allows control over a network
DISTRIBUTION UK
63
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > Options
Headworn
Countryman micro-earset cont’d
Lapel
Instrument
PGA31-TQG
WCE6CD
PG185-TQG
WB98H/C
WCE6CD-LEMO3
CVL-B/C-TQG
SM31FH-TQG
Directional Earset Microphone, Cocoa, TA4F.
Directional Earset Microphone, Cocoa, Lemo-3.
Lapel microphone, Cardioid, Condenser. Black - TA4F Connector.
Miniature cardioid condenser microphone for presenters using Shure
wireless systems.
Cardioid condenser headset microphone, designed for use in fitness
instruction in humid applications.
WCE6C-LEMO3
SM35-TQG
WCE6iB
Miniature Lapel, Omnidirectional. Black - TA4F Connector.
WCE6iB-LEMO3
Miniature Lapel, Omnidirectional. Black - 6ft cable with TA4F
Connector.
Cardioid condenser headset features a comfortable headset design for
hands-free performance for the multi-instrumentalist. TQG Connector.
WH20TQG
Headworn, Cardioid, Dynamic. Black - TA4F Connector.
WH30TQG
Headworn, Cardioid, Condenser. Black - TA4F Connector.
WCM16
Headworn, Hypercardioid. Grey - TA4F Connector.
MX153B/O-TQG
Omnidirectional Subminiature Condenser Earset Microphone w/ TA4F
connector, black.
MX153T/O-TQG
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Cocoa, Lemo-3.
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Black, TA4F.
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Black, Lemo-3.
WCE6iC-LEMO3
WL93-6T
WCE6iLT
MX150B/C-TQG
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Cocoa, Lemo-3.
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Light Tan, TA4F.
WCE6iLT-LEMO3
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Light Tan, Lemo-3.
WCE6iT
MX153C/O-TQG
WCE6iT-LEMO3
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Tan, TA4F.
connector, cocoa.
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Tan, Lemo-3.
WBH53B
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Light Tan, TA4F.
WBH53T
WCE6LT
WCE6LTD
Directional Earset Microphone, Light Tan, TA4F.
Headworn, Omnidirectional. Tan - TA4F Connector.
WBH54B
WCE6LTD-LEMO3
Directional Earset Microphone, Light Tan, Lemo-3.
Headworn, Supercardioid. Black - TA4F Connector.
WBH54T
WCE6LT-LEMO3
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Light Tan, Lemo-3.
Headworn, Supercardioid. Tan - TA4F Connector.
WCE6T
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Tan, TA4F.
Countryman micro-earset
WCE6TD
Directional Earset Microphone, Tan, TA4F.
WCE6B
WCE6TD-LEMO3
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Black, TA4F.
Directional Earset Microphone, Tan, Lemo-3.
WCE6BD
WCE6T-LEMO3
Directional Earset Microphone, Black, TA4F.
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Tan, Lemo-3.
WCE6BD-LEMO3
Directional Earset Microphone, Black, Lemo-3.
Miniature Lapel, Omnidirectional. Tan - TA4F Connector.
Miniature Lapel, Omnidirectional. Tan - 6ft cable with TA4F Connector.
Cardioid Subminiature Condenser Lavalier Microphone w/ TA4F connector, black.
MX150B/O-TQG
Omnidirectional Subminiature Condenser Lavalier Microphone w/ TA4F
connector, black.
WL183
Lapel Mic, Omnidirectional (Microflex®). Black - TA4F Connector.
WL184
Lapel Mic, Supercardioid (Microflex®). Black - TA4F Connector.
WL185
Lapel Mic, Cardioid (Microflex®). Black - TA4F Connector.
Countryman micro-lapel
WCB6B
Omnidirectional Micro-Lavalier Microphone, Black, TA4F.
WCB6B-LEMO3
Omnidirectional Micro-Lavalier Microphone, Black, Lemo-3.
WCB6C
Omnidirectional Micro-Lavalier Microphone, Cocoa, TA4F.
WCB6C-LEMO3
Omnidirectional Micro-Lavalier Microphone, Cocoa, Lemo-3.
WCB6LT
Omnidirectional Micro-Lavalier Microphone, Light Tan, TA4F.
WCB6LT-LEMO3
Omnidirectional Micro-Lavalier Microphone, Light Tan, Lemo-3.
WCE6B-LEMO3
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Black, Lemo-3.
WCE6C
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Cocoa, TA4F.
64
WL93-6
WL93T
connector, tan.
Headworn, Omnidirectional. Black - TA4F Connector.
WL93
WCE6iC
Omnidirectional Earset Microphone, Cocoa, TA4F.
Clip-on Instrument Microphone, Supercardioid, Condenser. Black.
Cardioid condenser microphone designed for long-wearing comfort at a
price that doesn’t break the bank.
DISTRIBUTION UK
WCB6T
Omnidirectional Micro-Lavalier Microphone, Tan, TA4F.
WCB6T-LEMO3
Omnidirectional Micro-Lavalier Microphone, Tan, Lemo-3.
65
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Wireless Microphones > Accessories
Antennas
Antennas cont’d
FP
UHF-R®
HA-8089
UA8-774-865
AFP301
UA730
UA860WB
GLXD
UAMS/BK
UA870WB
SB902
UAMS/SL
1/2 Wave Omnidirectional Antenna for Receivers with Removable
Antennas, 774-865 MHz.
UA400
1/4 Wave Antenna for SLX.
Plug-on Transmitter belt clip and protective skin (FP3).
UA400B
1/2 Wave Receiver Antenna, Omnidirectional, Passive.
UA8-470-542
Directional Active Antenna – Wide Band.
Lithium Ion Rechargeable Battery.
UA874E
SBC-902
UHF Active Directional Antenna (470-790MHz).
Battery Only Charger for SB902.
UA8-518-598
UA864LO
SBC-CAR
Wideband Panel Antenna (470-698 MHz).
Car Charger for Rechargeable Battery.
UA864HI
SBC-USBUK-MICROB
Wideband Panel Antenna (530-790 MHz).
USB Transmitter Charger.
Antennas Distribution Systems
SLX
UA844SWB-UK
UA440
1/4 Wave Antenna 470-752 Mhz.
UA8-554-638
UA8-572-596
UA8-578-638
UA8-596-698
Wideband UHF (470-952MHz). Four-way Active Antenna Splitter
and Power Distribution System, external power supply. For BLXR,
SLX, QLXD, and ULXD Receivers.
UA845-SWB-UK
Amplified UHF (470-952MHz) Antenna Distribution System for UR4S
and UR4D Receivers.
UA221
Passive Antenna Splitter - Two-way.
UA8-626-698
UA8-670-742
Front Mount Antenna Kit for SLX, 4x Antennas in 1U.
Shure Rechargeable Power Management
Shure rechargeable Lithium Ion batteries set new standards in
reliability. Advance battery chemistry provides up to 10 hours of run
time with zero-memory effect. Batteries can be charged up to 50% in
one hour and to full capacity in three, enabling users to run a reliable
event, save money and reduce waste.
SB900
Rechargeable Li-Ion Battery.
SB900-8
Rechargeable Li-Ion Battery - 8 PACK.
SBC100
UA8-690-746
Single Battery Charger for SB900.
UA8-694-758
Omnidirectional Whip Antenna for UR1 Bodypack Transmitters
740-865MHz.
Modular Mute Switch in (Black).
Modular Mute Switch in (Champagne).
WA340
Optional TQG Threadlock Adapter for use with UR1 Transmitter.
WA580B
Black Cloth Pouch for UR1 Bodypack Transmitter.
WA580W
White Cloth Pouch for UR1 Bodypack Transmitter.
AFP522DC
Anton Bauer DC Camera Mount for UR5
(with integrated DC supply connections).
AFP522
Anton Bauer Camera Mount for UR5.
AFP512
Camera Shoe Mount for UR5.
Countryman
RPM232
Black Replacement Protective Caps, Flat, for WCE6B & WCB6B.
RPM234
Black Replacement Protective Caps, +4dB, for WCE6B & WCB6B.
RPM236
Black Replacement Protective Caps, +8dB, for WCE6B & WCB6B.
RPM240
Tan Replacement Protective Caps, Flat, for WCE6T & WCB6T.
SBC200-E, SBC200-UK
RPM242
2-Up Battery Charger with PS45E/UK power supply.
Tan Replacement Protective Caps, +4dB, for WCE6T & WCB6T.
SBC200
RPM244
2-Up Battery Charger, no power supply.
Tan Replacement Protective Caps, +8dB, for WCE6T & WCB6T.
UA8-710-790
SBC800-E, SBC800-UK
RPM320
SBC800
RPM322
UA8-740-814
UA8-750-822
66
DISTRIBUTION UK
8-Bay Battery Charger with PS45E/UK power supply.
Black Replacement Windscreens for WCE6B & WCB6B.
8-Bay Battery Charger, no power supply.
Tan Replacement Windscreens for WCE6T & WCB6T.
SBC-AX
Black Replacement Clips for WCE6B & WCB6B.
Insert Module for AXT900 Rack Charging Station
(holds two SB900 Batteries).
SBC-DC
DC volt Adapter for P10R, P9Ra, UR5.
PWS Helical Antenna (480-900MHz).
RPM522
RPM652
Black Replacement Cable for WCE6B.
RPM654
Tan Replacement Cable for WCE6T.
67
NEXT PAGE
Personal Monitoring > Category Overview
Personal Monitoring > Product Selector > In Ear Monitoring
PERSONAL
MONITORING.
Personal Monitoring – In Ear Monitoring
Shure Personal Monitor Systems and Sound Isolating™ earphones have given professional musicians freedom
to move around on stage. Choose from the entry level PSM200 in ear personal monitoring system to the flagship
PSM1000. The Shure PSM200 is available as a complete system while the PSM300, PSM900 & PSM1000
can be purchased separately as individual components (earphones, body pack receiver, transmitter) or as
a complete system.
PERSONAL MONITORING
*
68
DISTRIBUTION UK
Page
Earphones Included
Material
Networkable
Stereo
Mono
Tuning Bandwidth
Max* Wireless Channels
Wireless
Wired
Touring Grade
Features
P2R
ABS
70
P4HW
ABS
70
P6HW
Metal
70
P9HW
Metal
70
UK2TR215L
8
36 MHz
ABS
70
P3TUKR
15
24 MHz
Metal/
ABS
71
P9TUKR
20
36 MHz
Metal
72
P10TUKR
40
80 MHz
Metal
72
Per frequency band under ideal conditions
69
PERSONAL MONITORING
Shure Hardwired
Wireless
Product Selectors
In Ear Monitoring
69
Stage Monitoring
73
Options75
Accessories75
PSM1000 PSM900 PSM300 PSM200
Stage monitors are loudspeakers placed on stage next to the performer. Often referred to
as ‘wedges’ due to their angled shape, they provide the performer with a localised playback
of their performance. Passive stage monitors require separate amplification and speaker
processing (usually from a side-stage rack), whereas active monitors have their amplification
and processing built in.
Small Venues
IEMs comprise a set of earphones worn by the performer, linked to a receiver bodypack that
supplies an audio signal. This in turn is connected either wirelessly or via a cable to the
audio source.
Professional
Application
Diversity Receiver
There are two types of personal monitoring solutions, both for live entertainment purposes:
on-stage and IEM (In-ear Monitoring) systems.
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Personal Monitoring > In Ear Monitoring
Hardwired
PSM300
P3T
If performers don’t need to move around too much on stage, a wired personal monitoring system may be the best solution for them.
Wired systems do tie their users to a mixer via a cable, but are more affordable than wireless systems, and need no licensing or
setting up beyond plugging in.
A wired in-ear-monitoring system includes a lightweight and small bodypack and a pair of earphones. The bodypack is connected
to the mixer directly with a cable, and the performer hears the monitor mix through the earphones.
P6HW
Hardwired Bodypack for use
with PSM®400 Personal Monitor
Systems.
Wired Personal Monitor Bodypack
with detachable dual input XLR
cable.
–Operating mode (Stereo, Mono,
MixMode)
–Volume & Balance knobs
–Defeatable limiter
– High-frequency boost
– High-impact plastic chassis
– -15 db Pad
MixMode)
–Volume & Balance knobs
– Defeatable limiter
– High-frequency boost
– Rugged metal chassis
– -15 dB pad
P9HW
Wired Personal Monitor Bodypack
with detachable dual input XLR
cable. LCD screen with menu based
navigation.
MixMode)
–Volume knob & Balance buttons
– Adjustable and defeatable limiter
– 4-band parametric EQ
– Rugged, all-metal construction
–Compatible with Shure rechargable
batteries
Wireless
Wireless personal monitoring systems may require a licence for legal operation, and need a clear frequency in the electro-magnetic
spectrum to transmit and receive signals free of interference, but allow performers such as guitarists, dancers or vocalists full
freedom of movement on stage.
PSM200
P2T
PSM200
Transmitter for the PSM 200 system. Two line-level or
mic-level inputs can be conntected directly into it.
®
–Two mic/line input channels for mix control
–Frequency select
–Front mounted antenna
– Built-in audio limiter
– Tri-color input level
– 1/2 Rack space
PERSONAL MONITORING
PSM200 - Systems
UK2TR215L
–Two mic/line input channels for mix control
–Frequency select
– Detachable Antenna
– Scan and Sync
– Simple volume and mix control
– Loop Output Connectors
– -24Mhz tuning range
P2R
PSM200
Hybrid Bodypack Receiver
functions as a wired receiver,
a wireless receiver, or both at
the same time.
Also available hardwired.
–Frequency Locator
– Built-in Headphone Limiter
–1/4” Line input jack with
high/low gain switch
– Volume Knob
– Frequency Select
– High Impact Plastic Chassis
– AA batteries included
P3R
P3RA
PSM300
Stereo bodypack receiver for use
with PSM®300 systems.
PSM300
Stereo metal bodypack receiver for
use with PSM®300 systems
–Icon-based display provides easy
access to key parameters
–Built-in Headphone Limiter
–1/4” Line input jack with high/low gain
switch
– Volume Knob
– High Impact Plastic Chassis
–LCD display with menu navigation
–Scan and Sync
–Fixed Antenna
– Volume Knob
batteries
PSM300 - Systems
P3TUKR
PSM300
P3TUKRA
PSM300
PSM®300 Stereo Wireless
Personal Monitor System.
Includes: 1 x P3T transmitter
with removable antenna,
1 x P3R Bodypack Receiver,
2 x AA Batteries, Rackmount
Hardware Kit, Zippered Pouch.
PSM 300 Premium Wireless
Personal Monitor System
(w/metal receiver).
Includes: 1 x P3T transmitter
with removable antenna,
1 x P3RA Metal Bodypack
Receiver, 2 x AA Batteries,
Rackmount Hardware Kit,
Zippered Pouch.
®
P3TUK112GR
PSM300
PSM®300 Stereo Wireless
Personal Monitor System with
SE112 Earphones. Includes:
1 x P3T transmitter with
removable antenna, 1 x P3R
Bodypack Receiver, 1 x SE112GR
Earphones, 2 x AA Batteries,
Zippered Pouch.
P3TUKRA215CL
PSM300
PSM®300 Premium Wireless
Personal Monitor System (w/
metal receiver) with SE215
Earphones. Includes: 1 x P3T
transmitter with removable
antenna, 1 x P3RA Metal
Bodypack Receiver, 1 x SE215CL Earphones, 2 x AA Batteries,
Zippered Pouch.
PSM200
Complete PSM 200 System,
includes: 1 x P2T transmitter,
1 x P2R Hybrid Bodypack Receiver,
1 x SE215-CL Earphones,
1 x 9V Premium Alkaline Battery,
Rack Mounting Kit.
®
70
DISTRIBUTION UK
71
PERSONAL MONITORING
P4HW
PSM300
1/2 RU stereo transmitter for use with PSM®300
systems.
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Personal Monitoring > Product Selector > Stage Monitoring
PSM900
Half-rack wireless transmitter used as part of the
PSM®900 Wireless Personal Monitor System.
–Audio input adjustment and LED level meter
–Balanced, 1/4” and XLR connectors
–Bit-mapped, backlit LCD
– RF Mute Switch
–Front mounted 1/8” headphone monitor output
–Compatible with Shure antenna combiners
P9RA
Personal Monitoring – Stage Monitoring
PSM900
The QSC K & KW Series are powered loudspeaker systems which can be used as stage monitors. Using Class
D power modules, all are fitted with the identical 1.75” HF device for unparalleled performance, regardless of
speaker size. Extensive DSP processing is employed throughout, providing sonic clarity and impressive output.
KW Series are made from premium grade Baltic Birch and are smaller and significantly lighter than previous
wood enclosures.
Compact, stereo bodypack receiver
for use with the PSM®900 Wireless
– Volume and balance controls
– Scan and IR Sync
–Ultra-thin, low profile bodypack
–Audio and RF status LED’s
– Audio level and battery life metering
batteries
Application
Features
Configuration
Active
Page
Low-profile, diversity bodypack
receiver for use with the PSM®1000
90°
Axisymmetric
Birch
Plywood
74
1000W
90° Conical
ABS
Plastic
74
12"
Two-way
1000W
75° Conical
ABS
Plastic
74
12"
Two-way
1000W
75°
Axisymmetric
Birch
Plywood
74
AP-5122m
12"
Two-way
K10
10"
Two-way
K12
KW122
550W
– Volume and balance controls
–Diversity Receiver
– Ultra-thin, low profile bodypack
– Audio and RF status LED’s
–Full bandwidth scan provides a graphic
spectrum plot
batteries
PERSONAL MONITORING
PERSONAL MONITORING
–Balanced, ¼” and XLR connectors
–Switchable 10/50/100 mW RF output power
– Networkable over Ethernet
–Backwards-compatible with PSM®900 receivers
–High contrast LCD Screen and LED level meter
–Compatible with Shure antenna combiners
P10R
Material
Networkable, full-rack, dual channel wireless
transmitter of the PSM®1000 Personal Monitor System.
PSM1000
Dispersion
AP Series
K Series
P10T
PSM1000
KW Series
PSM1000
Passive
PSM 900 Wireless Personal
Monitoring System Includes:
1 x P9TUK Transmitter with
removable antenna, 1 x P9RA
Receiver, 2 x AA Premium Alkaline
Batteries, rechargeable batteries,
and a Rack Mounting Kit.
®
Touring Grade
PSM900
Small Venues
P9TUKRA
Professional
PSM900 - Systems
Amp Power Output
PSM900
Continuous Power
P9T
PSM1000 - Systems
P10TUKRA
PSM1000
PSM 1000 Wireless Personal
Monitoring System Includes:
1 x P10TUK Transmitter with
removable antenna,
2 x P10R Receiver,
4 x AA Premium Alkaline
Batteries.
72
DISTRIBUTION UK
73
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Personal Monitoring > Stage Monitoring
AP-5122m
AP SERIES
Professional, passive, two-way,
full-range loudspeaker ideal for
portable and installed sound
reinforcement applications.
–Frequency Response (+/-3dB):
65Hz - 20kHz
– 550W Continuous Power
–12” Two-way
– 90° Dispersion
– Impedance: 8Ω
– NL4 Connectors
Personal Monitoring > Options & Accessories
K10
K SERIES
Powered ABS loudspeakers
designed for portable audio
reinforcement. They perform as
both main reinforcement systems
and as floor monitors.
–Frequency Response (-6dB): 60Hz 18kHz
– Amp Power Output 1000W Class D
– 10” Two-way
– 90° Conical Dispersion
–DEEP - low-frequency extension and
low-end presence
– Impact Resistant ABS Enclosure
KW SERIES
KW122
Powered wooden loudspeakers
reinforcement. The KW122 may
also be used as a stage monitor.
K12
K SERIES
Powered ABS loudspeakers
reinforcement. They perform as
both main reinforcement systems
and as floor monitors.
–12” Two-way
low-end presence
– Impact Resistant ABS Enclosure
PSM Options
PSM Accessories
PA805WB
PA720
PA421A-UK
PA725
PA821A-UK
PA740
Shure Rechargeable Power Management
K Series
SB900
K10 Tote
Directional TX Antenna – 470-870 MHz.
Four-to-One Antenna Combiner for PSM.
Eight-to-One Antenna Combiner for PSM.
Rechargeable Li-Ion Battery.
SB900-8
Rechargeable Li-Ion Battery - 8 PACK.
SBC200-E, SBC200-UK
–12” Two-way
low-end presence
– 15mm Birch Plywood Enclosure
2-Up Battery Charger with PS45E/UK power supply.
SBC200
2-Up Battery Charger, no power supply.
“Y” Input Cable Assembly for P6HW – 10ft.
Antenna Cable – 10ft.
Right Angled Lemo Connector (5 pin), for P6HW.
Soft, padded tote made with weather resistant, heavy-duty Nylon/
Cordura® material for K10.
K12 Tote
Soft, padded tote made with weather resistant, heavy-duty Nylon/
Cordura® material for K12.
KW122 Cover
Soft, padded cover made with heavy-duty Nylon/Cordura® material for
KW122.
SBC800-E, SBC800-UK
8-Bay Battery Charger with PS45E/UK power supply.
SBC800
8-Bay Battery Charger, no power supply.
SBC-AX
Insert Module for AXT900 Rack Charging Station (holds two SB900
Batteries).
SBC-DC
PERSONAL MONITORING
PERSONAL MONITORING
DC volt Adapter for P10R, P9Ra, UR5.
74
DISTRIBUTION UK
75
NEXT PAGE
Earphones & Headphones > Category Overview
Earphones & Headphones > Product Selector > In Ear
EARPHONES &
HEADPHONES.
Earphones & Headphones – In Ear
Shure entered the earphone market in 1997 with the introduction of the PSM600 in-ear monitoring system
and the E1 sound isolating™ earphone. In-ear monitoring systems began to replace stage monitors, offering
freedom on the stage and better protection against hearing damage. Today, Shure offers a full range of
professional level earphones for the stage and mobile music devices.
To date, Shure sound isolating earphones have won in excess of 100 awards globally for their sound quality.
From the entry level SE112 to the quad driver SE846, you can expect honest sound signatures to ensure
accurate reproduction of your music. A two year warranty is offered on all earphones.
DISTRIBUTION UK
Frequency Range
Page
1
Black
20Hz 17kHz
78
SE112M+
1
Black
20Hz 17kHz
78
SE215
1
Black/Clear
22Hz 17.5kHz
78
SE315
1
Black/Clear
22Hz 18.5kHz
78
SE425
2
Silver/Clear
20Hz 19kHz
78
SE535
3
Bronze/Clear
18Hz 19kHz
78
SE846
4
Clear
15Hz 20kHz
78
Detachable Cable
Colour
76
Number of drivers
SE Series
Product Selectors
In Ear
77
Headphones79
Accessories81
SE112
Stage
Shure earphones are typically used with on-stage personal monitoring systems, where
they isolate the inner ear from the outside world. This reduces the influence of background
stage noise and allows users to lower the levels of their monitor feeds, helping to prevent
hearing damage.
Features
General Listening
Application
77
Professional headphones are designed for use in the studio, for DJs and home listening, and
can be divided into two major types: closed-backed and open-backed. The latter have no
enclosure on the rear side of the driver, allowing it to move more freely and reproduce audio in
great detail. Closed-backed headphones have a sealed enclosure behind the driver, helping to
isolate the listener from their immediate environment and background noise; they are better
suited to listening in loud surroundings.
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Earphones & Headphones > Product Selector > Headphones
Earphones & Headphones > In Ear
SE112M+
SE SERIES
Earphone with Single Dynamic
Driver and iPhone support.
–Detailed sound with deep
bass response
–Frequency Range: 20Hz - 17.5kHz
–Transport Case, Sound Isolating foam,
Soft flex sleeves
–Inline microphone and volume
control for answering calls and
playback control
–Detailed sound with deep
bass response
Soft flex sleeves
Earphones & Headphones – Headphones
SE215
SE SERIES
Microdriver.
Excellent quality, comfort and legendary Shure quality are features which apply to all of the headphones
in the Shure range. Shure headphones can be used with portable music devices, DJ mixers, headphone
amplifiers and studio mixing consoles.
–Warm, detailed sound
–Kevlar reinforced cable for secure fit
and easy replacement
Soft flex sleeves
–Also available in Black
Shure’s current range of Headphones can be grouped into four main categories - Studio, DJ, Travel/General
Listening and Critical Listening.
SE SERIES
Premium earphones featuring
Triple High Definition MicroDrivers.
SE846
SE SERIES
Flagship earphone with Quad HighDefinition MicroDrivers and True
Subwoofer.
78
SRH Series
–Extended high-end clarity and secondto-none low-end performance
–3 detachable filters allow for choice of
frequency response
–Frequency Range: 15Hz - 20kHz
–Detachable cable
–Water & Crush Resistant Road Case,
soft, flexible sleeves, volume attenuator,
¼” adapter, airline adapter, polishing
cloth and cable clip
DISTRIBUTION UK
Page
–Dedicated tweeter and dual woofers
give incredibly spacious sound and rich
bass
–Integrated crossover to ensure high and
low frequencies remain defined
–Detachable cable
–Premium carrying case, foam, silicone
and triple flange sleeves, 3.5 to 6.3 mm
adapter, airline adapter, Volume Control
–Also available in Bronze
Frequency Range
–The SE425 uses a dedicated tweeter
and woofer for accurate and balanced
sound
–Integrated crossover to ensure high and
low frequencies remain defined
–Detachable cable
–Premium carrying case, foam, silicone
and triple flange sleeves
–Also available in Silver
–The Tuned BassPort optimizes low-end
performance via a vented driver
–Kevlar reinforced cable for secure fit
and easy replacement
–Detachable cable
–Soft-zip carrying case, foam, silicone
and triple flange sleeves
– Also available in Black
SE535
SRH240A
20Hz 20kHz
80
SRH440
10Hz 22kHz
80
SRH550DJ
5Hz 22kHz
80
SRH750DJ
5Hz 30kHz
80
SRH840
5Hz 25kHz
80
SRH940
5Hz 30kHz
80
SRH1440
15Hz 27kHz
80
SRH1540
5Hz 25kHz
80
SRH1840
10Hz 30kHz
80
Open-Back
SE SERIES
Earphone with Dual High Definition
MicroDrivers.
Features
Audiophile/Critical Listening
SE425
DJ
SE SERIES
Earphones with Single HighDefinition MicroDriver for full
range audio.
Studio/Monitoring
SE315
Travel /General Listening
Application
79
SE SERIES
Driver.
Closed-Back
SE112
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Earphones & Headphones > Headphones
SRH SERIES
Entry to Shure professional
headphone range.
SRH440
SRH SERIES
Entry to Shure studio
headphone range.
–Wide frequency range for full bass and
clear highs
–Perfect for MP3 players and other
general listening applications
–Closed-Back
–Ideal for recording or monitoring
applications
–Optimized for performance
with professional audio devices
such as mixing consoles and
headphone amplifiers
–Closed-Back
SRH550DJ
SRH SERIES
Shure Headphone designed for
DJ use.
–Full sound with extended bass via
50mm drivers
–High output makes them ideal for
portable consumer devices
–Closed-Back
SE Series ReplacementParts
Cases & Cables
SE215_CL-RIGHT
CBL-M
SE215 Right Earphone Piece. Clear.
SE215_CL_LEFT
SE215 Left Earphone Piece. Clear.
Music Phone Accessory cable for SE215, SE315, SE425 & SE535 (M+
equivalent).
SE315-CL-LEFT
EAADPT-KIT
SE425-CL-RIGHT
SRH SERIES
Professional DJ headphones
with high-output bass and
extended highs.
SRH840
SRH SERIES
Professional monitoring
headphones for studio use.
–Specifically engineered for critical
listening and professional recording
–Frequency response delivers rich bass,
clear mid-range and extended highs
–Closed-Back
–Ear cups swivel 90°, perfect for
professional DJ mixing
–Designed specifically to cope with very
high volumes clearly and distortion-free
–Closed-Back
SRH940
SRH SERIES
Professional monitoring
headphones for audio engineers
and studio professionals.
–Accurate response across the entire
audio spectrum - smooth high-end
extension with tight bass
–Most neutral closed-back headphone in
Shure SRH Series
–Closed-Back
SE425-CL-LEFT
SE535-CL-RIGHT
SE535-CL-LEFT
SE846-CL-LEFT
SE846-CL-RIGHT
SE846 Right Earphones Piece. Clear.
EAC64BK
SRH1440
SRH SERIES
Professional Open-Back
Headphones.
SRH1540
SRH SERIES
Flagship Closed-Back headphone.
–Perfect for hi-fi’s, audiophile use and
monitoring
–Aluminum alloy and carbon fibre
construction
–Closed-Back
–Open-back, circumaural design studio
headphones for exceptionally natural
sound
–Wide stereo image, and increased depth
of field
–Open-Back
SRH1840
SRH SERIES
Flagship Open-Back headphone.
–Designed specifically for professional
recording, mastering and audiophile
listening
–Aircraft-grade aluminium alloy yoke
and stainless steel grills for durability
–Open-Back
Replacement Cable for SE215, SE315, SE425, SE535, SE846. Black.
EAC64CL
Replacement Cable for SE215, SE315, SE425, SE535 SE846. Clear.
SE Series Earphone Sleeves
EAYLF1-10
EABKF1-10S/M/L
Black Foam Sleeves, pack of 10 Small/Medium/Large.
EASFX1-10S/M/L
Black Soft Flex Sleeves, pack of 10 Small/Medium/Large.
EATFL1-6
Replaces EA306 Triple Flange Sleeves (3 pairs).
DISTRIBUTION UK
Earphone Accessory Kit (includes 1/4” jack adapter, volume control,
airplane adapter).
EAC3GR
3’ extension cable. Grey.
EAC3BK
3’ extension cable. Black.
EAC9BK
9’ extension cable. Black.
EAHCASE
Fine Weave Hard Pouch.
EASCASE
Replaces EA622/EA625/PA322/PA325 Soft Zippered Pouch.
Professional Headphone Accessories
HPAEC440
Replacement Ear Cushions for SRH440.
HPAEC840
Yellow Foam Tips, pack of 10.
80
CBL-M+
SE315-CL-RIGHT
SRH750DJ
Music Phone Accessory cable for SE215, SE315, SE425 & SE535 (M
equivalent).
HPAEC940
HPAQA1
Mini Jack - 1/4” Jack adapter for All Models.
HPACP1
Carrying pouch for all models.
HPACA1
Replacement Cable for SRH440, SRH840, SRH940, SRH750DJ, Coiled.
HPASCA1
Replacement Cable for SRH440, SRH840, SRH940, & SRH750DJ,
Straight.
81
SRH240A
Earphones & Headphones > Accessories
NEXT PAGE
Phono > Category Overview
Phono> Product Selector
Shure’s current range of moving magnet phono cartridges fall into two main
categories - DJ & Hi-Fi. DJ cartridges need to produce a high output, and be capable of
withstanding the rigours of contact use and cueing, while the main feature of a Hi-Fi
cartridge is high sound quality.
Product Selectors
HiFi
DJ
83
83
Page
Hip Hop /Pop /R&B
Electronic - House/Techno
DJ
A phono cartridge is one of the most important components in a record turntable,
housing the pickup at the end of the tone arm and the stylus. Shure has been an
innovator in cartridge technology for decades; in 1948 the company introduced the
world’s first phonograph cartridge capable of playing both long-playing (LP) and 78 rpm
(revolutions per minute) records, while the Shure M3D was the world’s first ever stereo
moving magnet cartridge.
Hi-Fi
PHONO.
Turntablist
Features
Plays 78RPM
Application
M97xE
84
M92E
84
M78S
84
Whitelabel
84
M44-7
84
M44G
84
M35X
84
SC35C
84
PHONO
PHONO
82
DISTRIBUTION UK
83
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Phono
Phono – HIFI
While all Shure cartridges can be used for Hi-Fi, some models have been designed specifically for this purpose.
The M97xE is the current top of line Hi Fi cartridge and contains many features of the famous V15 series.
M97xE
Smooth-sounding phonograph
cartridge for hi-fi use.
M92E
Versatile cartridge for hi-fi use.
–P Mount design with standard mount
adapter
– Natural bi-radial diamond tip stylus
– Frequency Response 20Hz - 18kHz
– Optimum tracking force 1.25g
–Precise tracking ability and flat
frequency response
– Dynamic stabiliser brush
– Precision crafted elliptical diamond tip
– Optimum tracking force 1.25g
M78S
Cartridge designed for playing wide
groove / 78 RPM records.
–Ideal for listening or sampling
–Wide spherical diamond tip stylus
–Low record wear
–Tracking force range 1.5g - 3.0g
Phono – DJ
Shure has been an extremely popular choice for DJ’s ever since turntablist DJ’s turned to the M44-7 cartridge
for its ultra-high skip resistance and ultra-high output in the 1990’s. Today, the M44-7 remains the cartridge
of choice for many champion DJ’s worldwide. The current range caters for vinyl and digital DJ’s alike.
M44G
DJ cartridge with very high skip
resistance.
Whitelabel
Flagship cartridge for Club use.
–Minimal sonic coloration when mixing
between digital files and records
–Solid drop bass, flat mids, and
accented highs
–High trackability and superb skip
resistance
–Optimum tracking force 2.0g
–Ideal for Club/Party DJ who wants to
Mix, Spin and Scratch
–Spherical diamond tip stylus
– Tracking force range 0.75g - 1.5g
M35X
Cartridge designed specifically for
House and Techno.
M44-7
Legendary DJ cartridge with
ultra-high skip resistance
and output.
–Bass heavy sound signature
– Spherical diamond tip stylus
–Frequency Response 20Hz - 17kHz
SC35C
All-purpose DJ cartridge.
–Very high skip resistance, ideal for mix,
scratch or spin
–Frequency Response 20Hz - 17kHz
–High skip resistance and detailed
sound
PHONO
PHONO
84
DISTRIBUTION UK
85
NEXT PAGE
Audio Mixers > Category Overview
Audio Mixers > Product Selector > Audio Mixers
AUDIO
MIXERS.
Audio Mixers
From simple rackmount analogue ‘many-into-one’ mic/line-level mono mixers for headphone mixing
and installed sound applications, to Dante-networkable digital devices and robust field mixers for
professional broadcasters and film-makers incorporating audio recording. Shure Distribution has a
mixing solution to suit your requirements.
DISTRIBUTION UK
0/1
n/a
SCM800E
8/1
1/0
8
SCM810E
8/1
1/0
8
SCM820UK
8/2
1/0
8
SCM820UK-DAN
8/2
1/0
8
SCM820UK-DB25
8/2
1/0
8/2
(DB25)
SCM820UK-DAN-DB25
8/2
(DB25)
1/0
(DB25)
MMX 60
6/2
0/4
n/a
MX 61
6/1
n/a
n/a
MMX 62
6/3
3/2
n/a
MMX 65
3/2
4/3
n/a
Analogue Matrix 8
8/8
n/a
n/a
MixPre D
2/2
0/1
n/a
302
3/2
2/1
n/a
552
5/2
2/1
5
633
6/2
1/2
n/a
664
6/2
2/2
6
(DB25)
8/2
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
89
89
89
89
89
89
90
90
90
90
90
87
AUDIO MIXERS
Direct Outputs
4/1
Integrated Recorder
SCM410E
Dante Audio
n/a
Networkable
5/1
Automixer
4/1
Digital
SCM268E
Analogue
n/a
Stereo
3/1
Mono
2/1
Field
Aux Inputs/Outputs
AUDIO MIXERS
86
Mic/Line Inputs/Outputs
Sound Devices
Work
Product Selectors
Audio Mixers
87
Accessories91
SCM262E
Installed
Shure
Audio mixers cover a wide range of applications, including field recording and installed audio.
Shure, Sound Devices and Work Pro Audio have a combined experience of over 170 years,
helping to turn a passion for making great audio electronics into an obsession.
Features
Page
Application
Mixers can be considered the heart of any audio system — they are where the many different
signals coming into the system - whether from microphones, instruments, field recorders
laptops or other external sources - are manipulated and combined. These mixed feeds may
then be sent to audio processors, recorders, studio loudspeakers, Public Address (PA) systems,
monitoring systems, video cameras, broadcast feeds, discussion systems and more.
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Audio Mixers > Audio Mixers > Installed
Audio Mixers > Audio Mixers > Installed
Audio Mixers – Installed
SCM820UK-DAN-DB25
Installation mixers from Shure Distribution combine cutting edge technology, flexibility, and affordability. Shure mixers with
Intellimix automatic mixer technology and Dante networked audio sit alongside feature packed offerings from WORK to provide
great choice for any installation.
Stereo mixer intended for sound
reinforcement applications that
integrate microphones with consumer
stereo products.
–One balanced XLR input channel
–One XLR mic and 1/4” TRS line input channel
–Three stereo phono input channels
–One unbalanced stereo phono output
–One balanced stereo 1/4” TRS mic/line output
–12V Phantom Power
SCM410E
Four-channel automatic microphone
mixer designed for use in installed
applications.
– Intellimix Technology
– Four balanced mic level XLR inputs
–One balanced mic/line switchable output
– Unbalanced aux phono output
–NOMA (Number of Open Mics Attenuated) - auto
gain adjustment
– 12V Phantom Power
SCM810E
Eight-channel automatic microphone
mixer designed for use in installed
applications.
–Intellimix Technology
–Eight balanced mic/line selectable phoenix
inputs
–One unbalanced 1/4” aux input channel
–Eight unbalanced 1/4” jack direct line
level outputs
–One balanced master line level phoenix output
–Selectable 48V Phantom Power
SCM820UK-DAN
AUDIO MIXERS
Eight-channel digital automatic
microphone mixer with Dante networked
audio for sound-reinforcement, general
audio recording, and audio-visual
systems.
–Eight balanced mic/line level inputs,
block connectors
–Eight balanced direct line level outputs,
phoenix connectors
–Two balanced mix outputs, phoenix connectors
–Dante networked audio & web-based
control software
–Two channels of Digital Feedback Reduction
88
DISTRIBUTION UK
SCM268E
Four-channel, transformer-balanced,
microphone mixer.
–Four transformer-balanced XLR microphone
inputs
–Five unbalanced aux line level input channels
–Transformer balanced XLR mic/line switchable
output
–One unbalanced aux phono output
SCM800E
Eight-channel microphone mixer for
sound-reinforcement, general audio
recording, and audio-visual systems.
–Eight balanced mic/line selectable phoenix
inputs
– One unbalanced 1/4” aux input channel
–Eight unbalanced 1/4” jack direct line level
outputs
–One balanced master line level phoenix output
–Selectable 48V Phantom Power
SCM820UK
microphone mixer for soundreinforcement, general audio recording,
and audio-visual systems.
–Eight balanced mic/line level inputs, Block
connectors
–Eight balanced direct line level outputs, phoenix
connectors
–Two balanced mix outputs, phoenix connectors
– Web-based control software
DB25 connectors
DB25 connectors
–Two balanced mix outputs, XLR connectors
–Dante networked audio & web-based
control software
MX 61
Six-channel mono audio mixer.
–Six mic/line inputs, three with 15V
Phantom Power
– One balanced XLR output
– High/Low output selector switch
– Two band equaliser for master section
– Selectable 48V Phantom Power
MMX 65
Two zone audio mixer with six input
channels.
– Three mic/line inputs, XLR connectors
–Six unbalanced line inputs, phono connectors
–Selectable mono/stereo output functionality
– Headphone output with volume control
–Three band equaliser for each zone output
MMX 60
Six-channel audio mixer.
–Selectable mono/stereo output functionality
– Mic/Line input selector for each channel
–Separate left/right master outputs
– Three band equaliser for master section
–Priority microphone functionality with level
control attenuated
– 12V Phantom Power
MMX 62
Nine-channel audio mixer including six
balanced channels and three stereo
channels.
– Six mic/line inputs, XLR connectors
–Three stereo unbalanced line inputs, phono
connectors
– Stereo balanced output, XLR connectors
– Mono output, XLR connector
–Stereo unbalanced record output, phono
connectors
– DC 24V emergency power supply connection
Analogue Matrix 8
Multizone stereo mixer with a built-in 8
input, 8 output matrix.
–Four stereo zone outputs
–Input panning allows for mono output channels
– Eight balanced inputs, XLR connectors
–Four balanced stereo output channels,
XLR connectors
SCM820UK-DB25
microphone mixer for soundreinforcement, general audio recording,
and audio-visual systems.
AUDIO MIXERS
SCM262E
microphone mixer with Dante networked
audio for sound-reinforcement, general
audio recording, and audio-visual
systems.
DB25 connectors
DB25 connectors
–Two balanced mix outputs, XLR connectors
–Web-based control software
89
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Audio Mixers > Audio Mixers > Field
Audio Mixers > Accessories
Cases
Audio Cables cont’d
Audio Mixers – Field
CS-3
XL-TA25
The Sound Devices range of portable mixers are known for excellent audio performance in extreme locations.
All units are compact and portable with top quality components. The 664, 633, and 552 offer built-in audio recording.
CS-5
Production case with high-quality strap for use with the 552 Field
Mixer, 788T Recorder, or 788T with CL-8 controller.
CS-W
MixPre D
Two-channel stereo compact field mixer.
–Two transformer balanced mic/line level inputs
– Mic/Line/AES digital selectable outputs
–Headphone monitoring of program audio
–24-bit, class-compliant USB streaming output
–48-volt or 12-volt phantom power
–Internal battery-power from two AA batteries
– External power input option
302
Three-channel compact field mixer.
–Three transformer balanced mic/line level inputs
–Active-balanced line/tape/mic level outputs
–Solo (PFL) channel monitoring in headphones
– On-board M/S stereo matrix
–48-volt or 12-volt phantom power
–Internal battery-power from three AA batteries
Removable accessory case for the CS-4 Production Case.
CS-MAN
Padded carry case with handles, fits MM-1, MP-1, HX3, 302 and
7-Series.
CS-633
Production case for use with the 633 Field Production Mixer.
CS-STRAP
Portabrace for use with CS-633 Production Case.
CS-664
Production Mixer.
552
Five-channel portable field mixer with
integrated recorder.
–Five transformer balanced mic/line level inputs
–Pre- or post-fader direct outputs per input
–Multiple, balanced outputs incl. XLR, Hirose
10-pin, and TA3
–Integrated digital recorder records to SD or
SDHC media
–Accepts time code input to time-stamp recorded
audio files
–Internal battery-power from four AA batteries
633
Compact, six-channel field mixer with
integrated 10-track recorder.
–Three balanced mic/line level inputs on XLR
connectors
–Three line-level inputs on TA3 mini-XLR
connectors
–10-track 24-bit, 48 kHz uncompressed
WAV recording
–Integrated time code generator
–Stereo Linking, MS and L/R
–Four power supply options with auto-switching
once depleted
Audio Cables
Compact, twelve-channel field mixer with
integrated 16-track recorder.
AUDIO MIXERS
–Six balanced mic/line level inputs on
XLR connectors
–Six direct outputs, also assignable as
line-level inputs
–Three sets of balanced left/right outputs.
–Two additional output buses on balanced
TA3 connectors
–16-track 16 or 24-bit Broadcast WAV recording
–Integrated time code generator & external time
code input
XL-TA55
TA5-F to TA5-F cable for 552 mixer linking; 12”.
Powering
XL-B2
Li-ion 7.2V, 4400 mAh battery for 7-Series audio recorders,
Sony L-compatible mount.
XL-DC
Coaxial power connector, raw, for mating with DC power input on MM-1,
HX3 (also early models 442 and MixPre).
XL-H
4-pin Hirose connector for mating with DC power input of the 442, 302,
MixPre, and 7-Series recorders.
XL-NPH
NP-type battery cup w/Hirose 4-pin DC power connector; 8 inch cable
segment; used with 442, 302, MixPre, 7-Series.
XL-2
XL-WPH3
TA3-F to TA3-F cable. 442 and 302 mixer linking, also used to connect
42 direct outputs to 7 Series TA3 inputs; 12”.
TA3-F to XLR-M cable; 15”, connects balanced TA3 outputs to balanced
XLR inputs; package of two cables.
XL-X2
AC to DC Power Supply (in-Line) 100-240V 50/60Hz input, 12 VDC
3.75A output, coaxial DC plug. Suitable for MM-1 and HX-3.
3.75A output, Hirose 4-pin DC plug. Suitable for 7 Series. 302, 442,
MixPre.
TA3-F to Unisex XLR cable, 25-inch; connects balanced TA3 to Unisex
XLR (M or F) inputs.
Timecode
XL-2F
XL-LL
XL-3
3.5 mm to TA3-F link cable for MixPre/MP-2 tape output to 442 Mix
In; 12”.
XL-3R
Right-angle 3.5mm to TA3-F cable for MixPre-D ST UNBAL MIC OUT to
camera mic-input, 16”.
XL-4
TA3-F (type) connectors, bag of four.
TA3-F to 3.5mm jack for use with 302; 6”.
XL-14
3.5mm male right angle TRS to 1/4” female TRS jack for headphone
extension, 12”.
DISTRIBUTION UK
TA3-F to TA5-F link cable for 442 / 302 Mix output to 552 Link I/O; 12”.
XL-WP3
XL-7
90
XL-TA35
XL-1B
XLR-F to TA3-F cable; 15”; connects balanced XLR outputs to balanced
TA3 inputs; package of two cables.
664
3.5mm to TA5-F link cable for MixPre Tape output to 552 Link I/O; 18”.
LEMO-5 to LEMO-5 Timecode cable, 744T to Ambient Lockit, Slate, or
Masterlock, coiled cable, 30”.
XL-LX
LEMO-5 to XLR and XLR-F for Timecode input and output.
XL-BNC
BNC to BNC for word clock and AES3id interconnection, 24”.
XL-LB2
LEMO-5 to BNC in and BNC out for Timecode to camera jamming, 30”.
Miscellaneous
XL-K664
Trim-knob kit for 664/552.
91
AUDIO MIXERS
Production case with high-quality strap for use with 302, 7-Series
recorders and MixPre.
NEXT PAGE
Amplifiers > Category Overview
Amplifiers > Product Selector > Powered Amplifiers
AMPLIFIERS.
Amplifiers – Powered Amplifiers
Amplifiers are available in a wide range of power options from small single channel amps, designed to run
a small number of low-power speakers in a small room installation, through to touring-ready amplifiers for
large-format line array operation.
CXD-Q
CMXa
CX
Work
Product Selectors
Powered Amplifiers
93
Microphone Preamplifiers
102
Headphone Amplifiers
103
Accessories104
CXD
QSC
Up to
4
Up to
4
2
Up to
8
ISA
2
PA Series
4
WCE Series
2
SLA Series
2
Home Amp
PLD
2
Up to
4
RMXa
2
POWERLIGHT3
2
GX
2
PLX2
2
Up to
480W
Up to
400W
Up to
150W
Up to
20W
Up to
2000W
Up to
2000W
Euro
block
Euro
block
70/
100V
70/
100V
70V
70/
100V
70/
100V
XLR/
NL4
Up to
2500W
Up to
1000W
Up to
1250W
Page
Lightweight
Distributed Line Output
Bridge Mono Mode
On-board Playback
On-board Mixing/Routing
Connectivity I/O
Networked
Q-Sys Dataport
Power Per Channel
Up to
2000W
Up to
2000W
Up to
2000W
Up to
1100W
Up to
1300W
94
94
94
95
96
97
98
98
98
99
99
100
100
100
AMPLIFIERS
AMPLIFIERS
QSC
Features
Channels
Many types of amplifiers are available, from compact headphone amplifiers that boost a
single low-level signal and allow it to drive multiple sets of headphones, to highly specified
power amplifiers that drive large arrays of loudspeakers for live music or other sound
reinforcement applications.
Installed
Most signals from microphones are extremely low in level when first captured, and need
amplification to bring them up to what is known as ‘line level’ before they can be used
elsewhere in a recording studio. Further amplification is usually needed before a signal can
drive a speaker or headphones.
Live
Application
Built-in DSP
As its name suggests, an amplifier is designed to turn a low-level signal into a louder one
without adding noise or otherwise distorting the original waveform.
92
DISTRIBUTION UK
93
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Amplifiers > Powered Amplifiers > Installed
CXD
Four‑channel light‑weight Class-D
amplifier with built‑in advanced DSP and
loudspeaker management. Designed for
system integrators.
–4 channels, 400W/ch. at 8Ω, 400W/ch. at 4Ω,
350W/ch. at 2Ω
–FAST™ distributes total amplifier power across
one, two, three, or all four channels
–Onboard DSP eliminates the need for
outboard processors
–20 factory presets and 50 editable user
preset configurations
–Preset Wizard simplifies amplifier configuration
–Four Input Phoenix and four Phoenix speaker
outputs, GPIO
–3.5” × 19” × 12” (89 mm × 482 mm × 305 mm)
CXD4.5
CXD
system integrators and features 70/100V
outputs.
625W/ch. at 2Ω, 1250W/ch. At 70V
outboard processors
outputs, GPIO
–3.5” × 19” × 16” (89 mm × 482 mm × 406 mm)
CXD4.3Q
CXD-Q
amplifier with Q-Sys integration.
Designed for system integrators and
features 70/100V output.
Requires Q-SYS Core.
625W/ch. at 2Ω, 625W/ch. at 70V
–Q-Sys integration with audio transport and control
via standard Gigabit Ethernet
–FAST™ distributes total amplifier power across one,
two, three, or all four channels
–Four mic/line Input Phoenix and four Phoenix
speaker outputs
–Eight GPIO connections for control data
to/from Q-Sys
–3.5” × 19” × 16” (89 mm × 482 mm × 406 mm)
CMX300Va
CMXa
Two-channel economic and rugged power
amplifier for any permanently installed
sound system.
AMPLIFIERS
430W/ch. at 2Ω
–1dB recessed, detented gain controls for
repeatable settings
–Balanced barrier strip, XLR, or ¼” TRS
input connectors
–NL4 and terminal block output connectors
–Tamper-proof security cover for gain controls
–Low-noise variable-speed fans to keep
amplifiers cool
–3.5” x 19” x 15”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 381 mm)
94
DISTRIBUTION UK
CXD4.3
CXD
outputs.
625W/ch. at 2Ω, 625W/ch. at 70V
outboard processors
outputs, GPIO
–3.5” × 19” × 16” (89 mm × 482 mm × 406 mm)
CXD4.2Q
CXD-Q
amplifier with Q-Sys integration. Designed
for system integrators.
350W/ch. at 2Ω
speaker outputs
to/from Q-Sys
–3.5” × 19” × 12”
(89 mm × 482 mm × 305 mm)
CXD4.5Q
CXD-Q
amplifier with Q-Sys integration.
Designed for system integrators and
features 70/100V output.
625W/ch. at 2Ω, 1250W/ch. At 70V
one, two, three, or all four channel
speaker outputs
to/from Q-Sys
–3.5” × 19” × 16” (89 mm × 482 mm × 406 mm)
CMX500Va
CMXa
sound system.
700W/ch. at 2Ω
repeatable settings
input connectors
amplifiers cool
–3.5” x 19” x 15”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 381 mm)
CMX800Va
CMXa
sound system. Features 70V output.
1200W/ch. at 2Ω, 400W/ch. at 70V
repeatable settings
input connectors
amplifiers cool
–3.5” x 19” x 15”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 381 mm)
CX302
CMX2000Va
CMXa
sound system. Features 70/100V output.
–2 channels, 1050W/ch. at 8Ω, 1600W/ch.
at 4Ω, 2500W/ch. at 2Ω,
2500W/ch. at 70V, 1000W/ch. at 100V
repeatable settings
input connectors
amplifiers cool
–5.25” x 19” x 15”
(133 mm x 483 mm x 381 mm)
CX
CX502
CX
Two-channel amplifier with PowerLight™
switch mode power supply and DataPorts
for integration with Q-Sys systems.
600W/ch. at 2Ω
–PowerLight switch-mode PSU for high performance
and compact size
–XLR and Euro style input and barrier strip
output connectors
–Variable speed fan for low noise
repeatable settings
–Integrated security cover for tamper
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
800W/ch. at 2Ω
and compact size
output connectors
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
CX702
CX
CX902
CX
Two-channel amplifier with PowerLight
1200W/ch. at 2Ω
and compact size
output connectors
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
1500W/ch. at 2Ω, 440W/ch. at 70V
and compact size
output connectors
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14” (89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
™
CX1102
CX
CX302V
CX
1700W/ch. at 2Ω, 1000W/ch. at 70V
and compact size
output connectors
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14” (89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
–2 channels, 250W/ch. at 70V
and compact size
output connectors
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
95
AMPLIFIERS
CXD4.2
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
CX602V
CX
CX
–2 channels, 550W/ch. at 8Ω, 440W/ch. at 70V
and compact size
output connectors
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
1000W/ch. at 70V
and compact size
output connectors
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14” (89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
CX254
CX
™
CX404
CX
Four-channel amplifier with PowerLight™
450W/ch. at 2Ω
and compact size
–Euro style input and barrier strip output connectors
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
–4 channels, 250W/ch. at 8Ω, 400W/ch. at 4Ω
and compact size
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
CX
CX168
CX
Eight-channel amplifier with PowerLight
and compact size
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
and compact size
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
CX108V
CX
Eight-channel amplifier with PowerLight™
AMPLIFIERS
and compact size
repeatable settings
proof installations
–3.5” x 19” x 14”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
DISTRIBUTION UK
™
ISA280
ISA
Two-channel cost-effective amplifier
with versatile loading options and a
comprehensive feature set.
430W/ch. at 2Ω
–XLR and detachable Euro-style input connectors
–Covered barrier strip output connectors
–Stereo, bridge, or parallel operating modes
–Rear panel gain controls for tamper resistance
–5.25” x 19” x 15.9”
(133 mm x 483 mm x 400 mm)
ISA
ISA1350
ISA
2000W/ch. at 2Ω
–5.25” x 19” x 15.9”
(133 mm x 483 mm x 400 mm)
Four-channel amplifier with PowerLight
™
ISA280
700W/ch. at 2Ω
–5.25” x 19” x 15.9”
(133 mm x 483 mm x 400 mm)
Four-channel amplifier with PowerLight™
CX204V
96
CX1202V
™
ISA500Ti
ISA
700W/ch. at 2Ω, 500W/ch. at 70V/100V
–Drives 8/4Ω and 70V/100V line on the same
channel simultaneously
–5.25” x 19” x 15.9”
(133 mm x 483 mm x 400 mm)
PA 60 USB/R
PA Series
Five input, one output mixer-amplifier,
solid state audio player/recorder with
low impedance (8Ω) and high impedance
(25/70/100 V) speaker outputs.
–1 channel, 60W/ch. at 8Ω, 60W/ch. at
25V/70V/100V
–2 Aux RCA inputs + 3 Mic XLR inputs, screw
terminal speaker outputs
–Solid-state audio player/recorder with standard
formats (MP3/WMA)
–Supports storage devices of up to 32 GB
–Telephone connection for paging and emergency
announcements
–3.5” x 19” x 10.2”
(88mm x 483 mm x 260 mm)
ISA750
ISA
1200W/ch. at 2Ω
–5.25” x 19” x 15.9”
(133 mm x 483 mm x 400 mm)
ISA300Ti
ISA
430W/ch. at 2Ω, 300W/ch. at 70V/100V
–5.25” x 19” x 15.9”
(133 mm x 483 mm x 400 mm)
ISA800Ti
ISA
1200W/ch. at 2Ω, 800W/ch. at 70V/100V
–5.25” x 19” x 15.9”
(133 mm x 483 mm x 400 mm)
PA 120 USB/R
PA Series
Six input, two output mixer-amplifier,
25V/70V/100V
formats (MP3/WMA)
–Telephone connection for paging and
emergency announcements
–3.5” x 19” x 11.8”
(88mm x 483 mm x 300 mm)
AMPLIFIERS
97
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
PA 240 USB/R
PA Series
Six input, four output mixer-amplifier,
25V/70V/100V
formats (MP3/WMA)
–Telephone connection for paging and
emergency announcements
–3.5” x 19” x 11.8”
(88mm x 483 mm x 300 mm)
PA 5000
PA Series
Two input, one output power amplifier,
with low impedance (8Ω) and high
impedance (70/100 V) speaker outputs.
–1 channel, 480W/ch. at 8Ω, 480W/ch. at 4Ω,
480W/ch. at 70V/100V
–2 line inputs on XLR and 1/4” jack connector, screw
–Built-in three band equaliser (treble/mid/bass)
–Multiple units can be linked together to serve
larger areas
–3.5” x 19” x 15.8”
(88mm x 483 mm x 400 mm)
WCE 400
WCE Series
Two-channel cost-effective switchmode
Class D amplifier.
–XLR and phono input connectors, binding
post outputs
– Built-in anti-clip to prevent clipping
–Bicolor LED to indicate operating mode and
clip protect
–3.5” x 19” x 10.9”
(88mm x 483 mm x 277 mm)
SLA 300
SLA Series
Two-channel ultra-compact class D
amplifier. Volume and standby status
controllable by RS485/DMX. Designed for
system integrators.
AMPLIFIERS
–Euroblock connectors for input, output, power
and control
–Din-rail format to optimize its integration in
any installation
–Power requirement 48 VDC
–3.5” x 5.3” x 1.7”
(90 mm x 136 mm x 42 mm)
98
DISTRIBUTION UK
Amplifiers > Powered Amplifiers > Live
PA 1000
PA Series
Single channel power amplifier, with low
impedance (8Ω) and high impedance
(70/100 V) speaker outputs.
–1 channel, 120W/ch. at 8Ω, 220W/ch. at 4Ω,
120W/ch. at 70V/100V
–1 Line input on RCA/XLR connector, screw terminal
speaker outputs
–Seven-second power on delay to protect circuitry
–3.5” x 19” x 10.9”
(88mm x 483 mm x 277 mm)
WCE 200
WCE Series
Two-channel cost-effective switchmode
Class D amplifier. Designed for system
integrators.
–XLR and phono input connectors, binding
post outputs
– Built-in anti-clip to prevent clipping
–Bicolor LED to indicate operating mode and
clip protect
–1.75” x 19” x 10.9” (44mm x 483 mm x 277 mm)
SLA 50
SLA Series
Two-channel ultra-compact class D
amplifier. Volume and standby status
controllable by RS485/DMX.
–2 channels, 12.5W/ch. at 8Ω, 25W/ch. at 4Ω
–Euroblock connectors for input, output, power
and control
–Din-rail format to optimize its integration in
any installation
–Power requirement 24 VDC
–3.5” x 3.2” x 1.7”
(90 mm x 81 mm x 42 mm)
HOME AMP
Home Amp
Two-channel ultra-compact wall mount
amplifier with volume control and source
selector. Designed for home installation.
–2 channels, 20W/ch. at 8Ω
–Input and output connections all on screw terminals
–3.5mm front mount stereo jack for second
audio input
–LED back light indicates audio level by
adjusting intensity
–Power requirement 24-30 VDC
–3.4” x 3.4” x 2.2”
(86 mm x 86 mm x 55 mm)
PLD4.2
PLD
portable and production sound systems.
350W/ch. at 2Ω
outboard processors
–Four input XLR connectors and six NL4
output connectors
–3.5” × 19” × 12” (89 mm × 482 mm × 305 mm)
PLD4.5
PLD
amplifier with built‑in advanced DSP
and loudspeaker management. Quality
performance, road-proven design.
625W/ch. at 2Ω
outboard processors
output connectors
–3.5” × 19” × 16” (89 mm × 482 mm × 406 mm)
RMX1450
RMXa
Two‑channel amplifier with built in
amplifier protection. Quality performance,
road-proven design.
700W/ch. at 2Ω
–High-current toroidal transformers for greater
power and low noise
–Balanced 1/4” (6.3 mm) TRS, XLR, and barrier
strip inputs
–Touch-proof binding post and Neutrik
Speakon® outputs
–Front mounted gain controls for easy access
–Signal and Clip LED indicators to
monitor performance
–3.5” x 19.0” x 15.9”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 404 mm)
RMX4050HD
RMXa
road-proven design.
2000W/ch. at 2Ω
power and low noise
strip inputs
Speakon® outputs
monitor performance
–5.2” x 19.0” x 15.9”
(132 mm x 483 mm x 404 mm)
PLD4.3
PLD
portable and production sound systems.
625W/ch. at 2Ω
outboard processors
output connectors
–3.5” × 19” × 16” (89 mm × 482 mm × 406 mm)
RMX850a
RMXa
road-proven design.
430W/ch. at 2Ω
power and low noise
strip inputs
Speakon® outputs
monitor performance
–3.5” x 19.0” x 15.9”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 404 mm)
RMX2450
RMXa
road-proven design.
1200W/ch. at 2Ω
power and low noise
strip inputs
Speakon® outputs
monitor performance
–3.5” x 19.0” x 15.9”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 404 mm)
RMX5050
RMXa
road-proven design.
2500W/ch. at 2Ω
power and low noise
strip inputs
Speakon® outputs
monitor performance
–5.2” x 19.0” x 15.9”
(132 mm x 483 mm x 404 mm)
99
AMPLIFIERS
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
POWERLIGHT3
Two-channel high-power lightweight
amplifier with PowerLight™ switch mode
power supply. Designed for touring
applications and system integrators.
1250W/ch. at 2Ω
–Parallel XLR/M and XLR/F connectors for simple
loop-through connectivity
–Neutrik Speakon® and “Touch-Proof” binding
post outputs
–Three selectable gain structures (26 dB, 32 dB,
or 1.2 V)
–Detented gain controls with 1-dB steps for
precise calibration
–DataPort connection for integration with
Q-Sys systems
–3.5” x 19” x 14” (89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
PL380
POWERLIGHT3
4000W/ch. at 2Ω
post outputs
or 1.2 V)
precise calibration
Q-Sys systems
–3.5” x 19” x 14” (89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
GX5
GX
Two-channel lightweight amplifier with
built-in crossover. Designed to provide
maximum performance and portability on
a limited budget.
–XLR, 1/4” TRS and phono input connectors
– Speakon combo and Binding posts outputs
–GuardRail protects the amplifier temperature or
overdrive damage
–Detented gain controls for repeatable settings
–3.5” x 19” x 10.1”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 257 mm)
PLX1104
PLX2
Two-channel lightweight high-power
amplifier with built-in PowerLight
technology. Designed for the most
demanding live performance uses.
AMPLIFIERS
–XLR and 1/4” TRS input connectors, Speakon NL4
output connectors
–21-position gain controls for repeatable
amplifier adjustment
–Built-in clip and thermal limiting
–Patented PowerLight power supply technology
–3.5” x 19” x 8.9”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 227 mm)
100
DISTRIBUTION UK
PL340
POWERLIGHT3
2000W/ch. at 2Ω
post outputs
or 1.2 V)
precise calibration
Q-Sys systems
–3.5” x 19” x 14” (89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm)
GX3
GX
a limited budget.
overdrive damage
–3.5” x 19” x 10.1”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 257 mm)
GX7
PLX1802
PLX2
900W/ch. at 2Ω
output connectors
–3.5” x 19” x 12.8”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 326 mm)
PLX3102
PLX2
1800W/ch. at 2Ω
output connectors
–3.5” x 19” x 12.8”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 326 mm)
PLX2502
PLX2
1250W/ch. at 2Ω
output connectors
–3.5” x 19” x 12.8”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 326 mm)
PLX3602
PLX2
1550W/ch. at 2Ω
output connectors
–3.5” x 19” x 12.8”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 326 mm)
GX
a limited budget.
overdrive damage
–3.5” x 19” x 10.1”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 257 mm)
PLX1804
PLX2
output connectors
–3.5” x 19” x 8.9”
(89 mm x 483 mm x 227 mm)
AMPLIFIERS
PL325
101
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Amplifiers > Product Selector > Microphone Preamplifiers
Amplifiers – Microphone Preamplifers
Amplifiers – Headphone Amplifiers
Microphone preamps boost a low microphone-level signal to line-level. These single channel amplifiers are
designed for high-definition field production environments, and are ideal line-drivers for critical radio, television,
and film applications.
Headphone amplifiers take a stereo line-level feed and split it to multiple pairs of headphones. Portable
headphone amplifiers are used in broadcast field production, whereas rackmount units will be used in a
studio or installation application.
MM-1
1
66dB
MP-1
1
66dB
MM-1
Single-channel High Quality Portable
Microphone Preamp with Phantom Power
and Headphone Monitor. Designed for field
production.
MP-1
Single-channel High Quality Portable
Microphone Preamp with Phantom Power.
Designed for field production.
–XLR Mic input and XLR Line output
–66 dB of gain, Selectable 12/48-volt phantom power
–Transformer-balanced input and output
–Power from 2 x AA batteries only
–Durable mechanical construction
–1.7” x 3.7” x 5.5”
(43 mm x 94 mm x 140 mm)
Sound Devices
HX3
3
Work WPA 4400
4
HX3
Portable, Battery-Powered Headphone
Distribution Amplifier for three
headphones with individual volume
controls.
–Balanced XLR line level 1/4” and 1/8” stereo inputs
–3 x 1/4” headphone output connectors
–Loop Output to connect additional HX-3’s in series
– Stereo or mono monitoring
–5 to 18 VDC input for easy external DC powering
–High strength, extruded aluminum chassis
–1.7” x 3.7” x 5.5”
(43 mm x 94 mm x 140 mm)
Page
Battery Power Option
Stereo Channels
Studio
Field
Page
102
102
Features
103
103
WPA 4400
Rackmount, Headphone distribution
amplifier for four headphones with
individual volume controls.
–Balanced line level 1/4” jack stereo inputs
–3 x 1/4” headphone output connectors per channel
(12 total)
–Mono/Stereo selector button for each output
– LED VU meter on each headphone channel
–Rack mount kit included
–1.7” x 9.5” x 5.5”
(44 mm x 240 mm x 140 mm)
AMPLIFIERS
AMPLIFIERS
–XLR Mic input and XLR Line output, 1/4” jack
headphone output
–66 dB of gain, Selectable 12/48-volt phantom power
–Transformer-balanced input and output
–Monitor input accepts mono line-level audio on ¼”
TRS jack
–Headphone monitoring of microphone or monitor
audio, or a mix
–High-strength aluminum chassis with durable belt
clip
–2” x 3.8” x 6.6”
(49 mm x 95 mm x 166 mm)
External Powering
Application
Gain
Field
Headphone Monitoring
Features
Channels
Application
Sound
Devices
Amplifiers > Product Selector > Headphone Amplifiers
102
DISTRIBUTION UK
103
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Amplifiers > Accessories
Powered Amplifiers
Microphone & Headphone Amplifiers
BSC-3
XL-WP3
BusCard – accommodates one signal processor (crossover, limiter or
EQ) for PLX, CX and DCA amplifiers, XF-1 input transformers may also
be added (not compatible with PLX2).
BSC-6 BusCard – accommodates UF-3 filter for PL3.4, PL3.8x and PL4.0
amplifiers.
3.75A output, coaxial DC plug. Suitable for MM-1 and HX-3.
XL-DC
Coaxial power connector, raw, for mating with DC power input on MM-1,
HX3 (also early models 442 and MixPre).
BSC-7
BusCard – accommodates two signal processor cards for 4-channel CX
and DCA amplifiers, XF-1 input transformers may also be added.
IT-42
Isolation Transformer – 25V, 70V , and 100V dual output transformer
for CX302.
LF-3
Low-pass Filter – used with XC-3 for 3-way systems.
OT-300a Output Autoformer – 300W 70V autoformer.
OT-600 Output Autoformer – 600W 70V autoformer.
SEQ-2
Stereo EQ – 5-band EQ with +/- 12dB boost and cut range.
SF-3
Subwoofer Filter – provides adjustable bandpass filtering with optional
B6 boost and mono-summing.
UF-3
Universal Filter – Two independent channels of fourth order filtering
configurable for high-pass, low-pass, or band-pass operation, plus
CD-horn EQ.
XC-3
Crossover – Active 2-way crossover for bi-amped speakers. Can be
used with LF-3 for tri-amp operation.
XF-1
Input Isolation Transformer – High-bandwidth input transformer for
reducing common mode noise.
FG-000031-00
3” Rear support rack ear kit.
FG-000081-00
AMPLIFIERS
AMPLIFIERS
7” Rear support rack ear kit.
104
DISTRIBUTION UK
105
NEXT PAGE
Loudspeakers > Category Overview
The install portfolio contains speakers suitable for a range of applications, from a small meeting room to a large-scale theatre.
900
Metal
40W
70/100V
1000
Metal
AD-C81TW
1 x 8"
100W
70/100V
N/A
Metal
8"
Two-way
8"
Two-way
12"
Two-way
4"
Two-way
4"
Two-way
6.5"
Two-way
6.5"
Two-way
5"
One-way
6"
One-way
8"
One-way
5"
Two-way
6"
Two-way
8"
Two-way
5"
Two-way
6"
Two-way
8"
Two-way
5"
Two-way
6"
Two-way
8"
Two-way
4"
One-way
4"
One-way
200W
70/100V
900
Metal
200W
70/100V
900
Metal
300W
70/100V
850
Metal
AD-C820
AD-C821
AD-C1200
Work IC PRO
IC 4 PRO
IC 4 PRO R
IC 6 PRO
IC 6 PRO A
IC 50 T
IC 60 T
IC 80 T
IC 511 T
Work IC
IC 611 T
IC 811 T
LOUDSPEAKERS
IC 500 T
IC 600 T
IC 800 T
IC 550 T
IC 660 T
IC 880 T
RCS 403 PRO T
RCS 204
30W
Metal
30W
Metal
60W
Metal
25W
Metal
100V
1500
ABS
100V
1600
ABS
100V
1950
ABS
20W
70/100V
1500
Metal
30W
70/100V
1550
Metal
40W
70/100V
1450
Metal
70/100V
Metal
70/100V
Metal
70/100V
Metal
100V
ABS
100V
ABS
100V
ABS
100V
ABS
100V
ABS
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
*Dispersion @ 1kHz
106
DISTRIBUTION UK
107
LOUDSPEAKERS
70/100V
AD-CI52T
Page
40W
AD-C42T
IP Rating
Material
Metal
Shallow Can
Dispersion (H x V)
1000
Amp Power Output
70/100V
Configuration
40W
Active
Metal
Passive
1400
Subwoofer
70/100V
Outdoor
16W
AD-CI52ST
4"
One-way
4"
Two-way
5"
Two-way
5"
Two-way
AC-C4T
Work
RCS
Features
Transformer
Application
Low Impedance Power
Product Selectors
Installed107
Live Portable
118
Options120
Accessories120
Those Loudspeakers highlighted for outdoor use have an appropriate IP rating.
Surface Mount
The passive and active loudspeakers available can be used in a wide range of live and
installed sound reinforcement applications, from small personal appearances, presentations
or gigs to large-scale events and installed sound environments, including exhibition, arts and
conference centres, transport hubs, educational facilities, live entertainment venues, offices
and government buildings.
Speakers that are designed to be permanently installed are divided into two types - surface mount and ceiling mount. A number
of these speakers are for low impedance systems, some for distributed line systems, and some can be used for both.
Ceiling
Loudspeakers are the final link in any audio playback chain, converting electrical audio signals
into audible soundwaves. They fall into several types: Passive loudspeakers require separate
amplification and speaker processing while Active speakers incorporate both amplification and
processing. Full-range loudspeakers cover a wide range of frequencies; if additional low-end
reinforcement is required (for example in music or film soundtrack applications), the use of
dedicated subwoofers is recommended.
Loudspeakers – Installed
QSC AcousticDesign
LOUDSPEAKERS.
Loudspeakers > Product Selector > Installed
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
450W
ABS
900
ABS
IP34
900x600
ABS
IP34
900x600
ABS
IP34
450W
70/100V
900x600
ABS
2 x 8"
250W
70/100V
N/A
Wood
IP44
150W
70/100V
1050
ABS
IP54
AD-S12
6"
Two-way
8"
Two-way
10"
Two-way
12"
Two-way
AD-S112SW
AP-5102
AD-S6T
AD-S8T
200W
70/100V
1050
ABS
IP54
250W
70/100V
900
ABS
IP54
300W
750
ABS
IP54
1 x 12"
300W
N/A
ABS
IP54
450W
1050
Wood
550W
900
Wood
AP-5152
10"
Two-way
12"
Two-way
12"
Two-way
15"
Two-way
GP-118
QSC AcousticPerformance
AD-S10T
AP-5122
AP-5122M
550W
900
Wood
650W
750
Wood
1 x 18"
850W
N/A
Wood
GP-212
2 x 12"
850W
N/A
Wood
GP-218
1 x 18"
1700W
N/A
Wood
NEO 3
2.5"
One-way
4"
Two-way
5.25"
Two-way
5.25"
Two-way
6.5"
Two-way
6.5"
Two-way
8"
Two-way
8"
Two-way
50W
100V
30W
100V
40W
100V
NEO 4
Work NEO
NEO 5
NEO 5A
NEO 6
LOUDSPEAKERS
NEO 6A
NEO 8
NEO 8A
108
DISTRIBUTION UK
25W
60W
100V
30W
70W
100V
40W
ABS
IP54
900x700
ABS
IP54
900x800
ABS
IP54
900x800
ABS
IP54
1000x800
ABS
IP54
1000x800
ABS
IP54
1100x800
ABS
IP54
1000x800
ABS
IP54
STUDIO 40 A
STUDIO 50 A
CLY1
CS206
CS210
CS214
RCS 001
NGS 5L
*
ABS
30W
ABS
300W
100V
100V
100V
Wood
Metal
IP66
Metal
IP66
Metal
IP66
100V
ABS
100V
ABS
30W
100V
ABS
N/A
N/A
N/A
1 x 18"
850W
N/A
N/A
N/A
Wood
N/A
N/A
Page
IP Rating
1000 H
1650 H x
550 V
1650 H x
500 V
1650 H x
750 V
ABS
N/A
Shallow Can
Material
20W
100V
WL118-SW
MR 110
Wood
ABS
WL2082-I*
RCS 003
N/A
100V
6.5"
Two-way
8"
Three-way
8"
Two-way
5"
One-way
RCS 002
Dispersion (H x V)
58W
6.5"
Two-way
8"
Two-way
6 x 5"
Two-way
6 x 2"
Two-way
10 x 2"
Two-way
14 x 2"
Two-way
5"
Two-way
Amp Power Output
1 x 8"
Transformer
Low Impedance Power
Active
Passive
Subwoofer
Outdoor
Configuration
NEO S 8A
Surface Mount
Ceiling
Page
IP Rating
Shallow Can
Material
900
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
Features
115
115
115
115
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
114
114
Line Array
LOUDSPEAKERS
110W
IP44
Work Work Studio Work
CLY
NEO
70/100V
ABS
Work CS
60W
Dispersion (HV x V)
Amp Power Output
60W
1000
Work RCS
AD-S282H
70/100V
Work Work
NGS MR
AD-S82
30W
Application
QSC ILA
AD-S52T
Transformer
AD-S28TW
AD-S52
Low Impedance Power
Configuration
Active
AD-S282HT
3"
Two-way
5"
Two-way
5"
Two-way
8"
Two-way
2 x 8"
Two-way
2 x 8"
Two-way
AD-S32T
QSC AcousticDesign
Passive
Features
Subwoofer
Outdoor
Surface Mount
Ceiling
Application
109
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Loudspeakers > Installed > Ceiling
Ceiling Speakers
AD-C1200
Ceiling-mount speakers are designed for extremely unobtrusive use in installed sound applications, where speakers are
required but must blend in as far as possible and not be a feature in their own right. Their compact electronics are designed
to be set into roof voids, leaving only a low-profile, paintable grille in the installation location itself.
AC-C4T
AcousticDesign
Full-range ceiling mount
loudspeaker with 4” transducer.
AD-C42T
–Frequency range (-10dB): 70 Hz to 16 kHz
–Low Impedance Power Rating: 16W
–Low-saturation 70V/100V transformers
with 8Ω bypass
–Transformer taps: 70 V: 16, 8, 4, 2,
1 W / 100V: 16, 8, 4, 2 W
–Euroblock connector with parallel output
terminals
–Includes rails and C-ring mounting
hardware
–Available in white
–8.4” x 7.9” (214 mm x 201 mm)
AD-CI52ST
AcousticDesign
Shallow can two-way ceiling mount
loudspeaker with 5.25” woofer and
1” tweeter.
with 8Ω bypass
–Transformer taps: 70 V: 30, 15, 7.5,
3.8 W / 100 V: 30, 15, 7.5 W
terminals
hardware
–7.5” x 8.8” (191 mm x 226 mm)
AD-C81TW
AcousticDesign
Two-way ceiling mount loudspeaker
with 8” woofer and 1.4” tweeter.
– Low Impedance Power Rating: 200W
with 16Ω bypass
–Transformer taps: 100 V: 100, 50,
25 W / 70 V: 100, 50, 25, 12.5 W
–Includes AD-C820 speaker baffle,
AD-C800BB back-box, AD-C800SG
square grille
–“14.9 x 14” x 11.8”
(356 mm x 356 mm x 302 mm)
–Frequency range (-6dB): 39 Hz to 184 Hz
with 8Ω bypass
–Transformer taps: 70 V: 60, 30, 15,
7.5 W / 100 V: 60, 30, 15 W
terminals
hardware
–12.6” x 14.5” (321 mm x 368 mm)
AD-C821R
AcousticDesign
Two-way blind-mount ceiling
loudspeaker with 8” woofer and
1.4” tweeter.
with 16Ω bypass
25 W / 70 V: 100, 50, 25, 12.5 W
–Includes AD-C821 loudspeaker system,
AD-C800RG round grille, and set of tile
rails and c-ring
–13.4” x 11.8” (340 mm x 302 mm)
LOUDSPEAKERS
110
AcousticDesign
Ported ceiling subwoofer with
8” woofer.
with 8Ω bypass
–Transformer taps: 70/100 V: 30, 15, 7.5,
3.8 W
terminals.
hardware
–12.6” x 3.74” (320.8 mm x 95.25 mm)
AD-C820S
AcousticDesign
DISTRIBUTION UK
AD-CI52T
AcousticDesign
with 5.25” woofer and 1” tweeter.
with 8Ω bypass
–Transformer taps: 70/100 V: 30, 15, 7.5,
3.8 W
terminals
hardware
– Available in white
– 8.5” x 9.25” (215.9 mm x 235.7 mm)
AD-C820R
AcousticDesign
with 16Ω bypass
25 W / 70 V: 100, 50, 25, 12.5 W
–Includes AD-C820 speaker baffle,
AD-C800BB back-box, AD-C800RG round
grille
–14.9” x 11.8” (379 mm x 302 mm)
AD-C821S
AcousticDesign
Two-way blind-mount ceiling
1.4” tweeter.
with 16Ω bypass
25 W / 70 V: 100, 50, 25, 12.5 W
–Includes AD-C821 loudspeaker system,
AD-C800SG square grille, and set of tile
rails and c-ring
–“14” x 14” x 11.8”
(356 mm x 356 mm x 302 mm)
AcousticDesign
with 16Ω bypass
–Available in black
–22.9” x 17.9” x 15.5”
(584 mm x 455 mm x 394 mm)
IC 4 PRO
– Frequency range: 80 Hz to 20 kHz
–100V transformer with 8Ω bypass
1 W / 100 V: 8, 4, 2, 1 W
– Ø7.2” x 5.1” (Ø185 mm x 130 mm)
IC 6 PRO A
IC PRO
Self-powered two-way ceiling
mount loudspeaker that can be
controlled through DMX with 6.5”
woofer and 0.75” tweeter.
–Frequency range: 60 Hz to 20 kHz
– Amplifier power: 25W
–Controlled through RS485/DMX or
Analog signal (DC 0-10 V)
–9.4” x 6.7” (241 mm x 171 mm)
IC 80 T
IC
Shallow full-range ceiling mount
loudspeaker with 8” woofer.
–100V transformer with 3W or 6W
power taps
– 10.6” x 3.3” (270 mm x 85 mm)
AD-C1200BB
AcousticDesign
Backbox enclosure for AD-C1200
ceiling speaker.
–Speaker sold seperately
IC 4 PRO R
IC PRO
with 6.5” woofer and 0.75” tweeter.
1 W / 100 V: 8, 4, 2, 1 W
–8.2” x 8.2” x 4.5”
(210 mm x 210 mm x 115 mm)
IC 50 T
IC
power taps
– 7.9” x 3.1” (203 mm x 80 mm)
IC 511 T
IC
–70V/100V transformers with
8-ohm bypass
–Transformer taps: 70 V: 20, 10, 5, 2.5,
1.25 W / 100 V: 20, 10, 5, 2.5 W
– 7.9” x 5.7” (203 mm x 145 mm)
AD-C1200SG AcousticDesign
Square grille for AD-C1200 ceiling
speaker.
–
Available in white
IC 6 PRO
IC PRO
5 W / 100 V: 50, 30, 15, 5 W
– 9.4” x 7.4” (240 mm x 190 mm)
IC 60 T
IC
loudspeaker with 6.5” woofer.
power taps
– 9” x 3.1” (230 mm x 80 mm)
IC 611 T
IC
8-ohm bypass
–Transformer taps: 70 V: 30, 15, 7.5, 3.8,
1.9 W / 100 V: 30, 15, 7.5, 3.8 W
–9” x 5.9” (230 mm x 150 mm)
111
LOUDSPEAKERS
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
IC
IC 500 T
IC
8-ohm bypass
–Transformer taps: 70 V: 40, 20, 10, 5,
2.5 W / 100 V: 40, 20, 10, 5 W
– 10.6” x 7.2” (270 mm x 185 mm)
8-ohm bypass
–Transformer taps: 70 V: 3,
1.5 W / 100 V: 6, 3 W
– 7.9” x 5.7” (203 mm x 145 mm)
IC 600 T
IC
8-ohm bypass
1.5 W / 100 V: 6, 3 W
–9” x 5.9” (230 mm x 150 mm)
Loudspeakers – Surface Mount Speakers
Designed for everyday use in environments where speakers may be seen and heard, surface-mounted speakers are used in
multiple environments including hotels, restaurants, convention facilities, and multimedia installations, and may be painted
to blend in with their surroundings.
AD-S32T
AcousticDesign
Compact two-way surface mount
loudspeaker with 3” woofer
and 0.75” tweeter.
IC 550 T
IC 800 T
IC
8-ohm bypass
1.5 W / 100 V: 6, 3 W
– 10.6” x 7.2” (270 mm x 185 mm)
IC
with thin frame design and shallow
back-can with 5” woofer and 0.5”
tweeter.
–100V transformer with 1.5W, 3W or
6W power taps
– 8.1” x 3,1” (205 mm x 80 mm)
IC 660 T
IC
with thin frame design and shallow
back-can with 6.5” woofer and 0.5”
tweeter.
–100V transformer with 1.5W, 3W or
6W power taps
– 9.3” x 2.9” (237 mm x 75 mm)
with 8Ω bypass
3.8 W / 100 V: 30, 15, 7.5 W
–Includes yoke mounts, ball mounts and
connector protection caps
–Available in black or white
–7.9” x 4.8” x 5.5”
(202 mm x 123 mm x 140 mm)
AD-S82
AcousticDesign
Two-way surface mount
and 1” tweeter.
RCS 403 PRO T
RCS
RCS 204
RCS
–100V transformer with 3W or 6W power
taps
–5.5” x 5.1” (140 mm x 130 mm)
– Low impedance only (8Ω)
–Intellidock or yoke mount sold seperately
– Available in black or white
–17.4” x 10” x 11.2”
(445 mm x 255 mm x 285 mm)
AcousticDesign
loudspeaker with 5.25” woofer
and 1” tweeter.
–Low impedance only (8Ω)
–Includes ball mounts and connector
protection caps
–11.2” x 7” x 8.3”
(287 mm x 178 mm x 212 mm)
AD-S282H
AcousticDesign
loudspeaker with 2 x 8” woofer
and 1” tweeter.
– Frequency range (-6dB): 80 Hz to 27.7 kHz
–Yoke bracket included
–26.2” x 10.2” x 11.4”
(665 mm x 259 mm x 290 mm)
–100V transformer with 3W or 6W power
taps
–8.6” x 8.6” x 3.7” (220 mm x 220 mm x
95 mm)
AD-S28TW
AcousticDesign
Surface mount bandpass
subwoofer, ported with
2 x 8” woofer.
LOUDSPEAKERS
with 8Ω bypass
25 W / 100 V: 200, 100, 50 W
– Yoke bracket included
– Available in black
–15.9” x 9.9” x 22.8”
(404 mm x 251 mm x 603 mm)
112
AD-S52
DISTRIBUTION UK
AD-S6T
AcousticDesign
loudspeaker, with 6” woofer, 1”
tweeter and transformer.
with 8Ω bypass
7.5 W / 100 V: 60, 30, 15 W
– X-Mount included
–14.4” × 8.5” × 8.5”
(365 mm × 215 mm × 215 mm)
AD-S52T
AcousticDesign
loudspeaker, with transformer with
5.25” woofer and 1” tweeter.
with 8Ω bypass
3.8 W / 100 V: 30, 15, 7.5 W
–Includes ball mounts and connector
protection caps
–11.3” x 7” x 8.3”
(287 mm x 178 mm x 212 mm)
AD-S282HT
AcousticDesign
loudspeaker with 2 x 8” woofer
and 1” tweeter.
–
Frequency range (-6dB): 80 Hz to 27.7 kHz
with 8Ω bypass
–
Transformer taps: 70 V; 200, 100, 50,
25 W / 100 V; 200, 100, 50 W
–Yoke bracket included
–26.2” x 10.2” x 11.4”
(665 mm x 259 mm x 290 mm)
AD-S8T
AcousticDesign
loudspeaker, with 8” woofer,
1” tweeter and transformer.
with 8Ω bypass
7.5 W / 100 V: 60, 30, 15 W
–X-Mount included
–17.3” × 10” × 9.9”
(440 mm × 254 mm × 251 mm)
113
LOUDSPEAKERS
IC 811 T
Loudspeakers > Installed > Surface Mount
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
AD-S10T
AcousticDesign
loudspeaker, with 10” woofer,
1” tweeter and transformer.
AD-S12
and 1” tweeter.
with 8Ω bypass
12.5 W / 100V: 100, 50, 25 W
–X-Mount included
–20.3” × 12.5” × 11.7”
(516 mm × 318 mm × 298 mm)zz
AP-5102
AcousticPerformance
High-power two-way wooden
surface mount loudspeaker
with 10” woofer and 3” HF
compression driver.
–X-Mount included
–23.4” × 13.9” × 12.7”
(594 mm × 354 mm × 323 mm)
AP-5122
AcousticPerformance
compression driver.
–8Ω Impedance
– Fifteen M10 threaded inserts for flying
–26” × 15” × 13”
(660 mm × 381 mm × 330 mm)
GP-118
High-power subwoofer with
18” woofer.
–8Ω Impedance
–Sixteen threaded M10 inserts for flying
–20.9” x 25.8” x 30.4”
(531 mm x 656 mm x 772 mm)
–8Ω Impedance
–32” × 17.5” × 15.2”
(813 mm × 445 mm × 386 mm)
GP-218
High-power groundstacked
subwoofer with 2 x 18” woofer.
LOUDSPEAKERS
– Frequency range (-6dB): 31.4 Hz to 240 Hz
–4Ω Impedance
–Sixteen threaded M10 inserts for flying
–20” x 47.17” x 30”
(508 mm x 1198 mm x 762 mm)
114
AcousticPerformance
compression driver.
–8Ω Impedance
–22” × 12” × 10.5”
(559 mm × 305 mm × 267 mm)
AP-5152
AcousticDesign
WL2082-I
ILA
Three-way installation line-array
system with 2 x 8” woofer and
1.75” HF tweeter.
– Frequency range (-6dB): 80 Hz to 20 kHz
–HF: 100 W, LF biamp mode: 400 W, LF
triamp mode: 200 W (×2)
–HF: 16Ω, LF biamp mode: 8Ω, LF triamp
mode: 16Ω (×2)
–Vertical splay adjustable in 1°
increments from 0° - 10° per box
–11.8” x 27” x 13.4”
(300 mm x 686 mm x 340 mm)
DISTRIBUTION UK
AD-S112SW
AcousticDesign
Surface mount bandpass
subwoofer, ported with 12” woofer.
–
Frequency range (-10dB): 35 Hz to 135 kHz
–Low Impedance only (8Ω)
– X-Mount included
–23.4” × 13.9” × 12.7”
(594 mm × 354 mm × 323 mm)
AP-5122M
AcousticPerformance
surface mount multipurpose
and 3” HF compression driver.
–8Ω Impedance
–Eleven M10 threaded inserts for flying,
Yoke mount available or pole mount
–26” × 15” × 13”
(660 mm × 381 mm × 330 mm)
GP212-sw
High-power subwoofer with
2 x 12” woofer.
– Frequency range (-6dB): 40 Hz to 100 Hz
–4Ω Impedance
– Six threaded M10 inserts for flying
–15” x 20” x 29”
(381 mm x 508 mm x 737 mm)
WL118-SW
ILA
High-power line array subwoofer
with 18” woofer.
–8Ω Impedance
–Flying hardware for attachment to
WL2082-I included
–22.1” x 27.6” x 30.3”
(562 mm x 702 mm x 771 mm)
NEO 3
NEO
Ultra-compact, full-range
– Transformer tap: 100V: 10 W
–Two-pin terminal block connector
–Includes ball mount bracket
–3.7” x 3.3” x 3.9”
(95 mm x 85 mm x 100 mm)
– Available in black only
NEO 5A
NEO
Two-way self-powered surface
mount loudspeaker with 5” woofer
and 0.5” tweeter.
– Amplifier power: 2 x 25W
– Bass and Treble controls
–Stereo input on phono or 3.5mm jack
connector
–9.6” x 6.7” x 6.5”
(244 mm x 171 mm x 166 mm)
NEO 8
NEO
and 1” tweeter.
–Transformer taps: 100 V: 32, 16, 8, 4 W
– Includes ball mount bracket
–14.5” x 10.2” x 9.4”
(370 mm x 260 mm x 240 mm)
STUDIO 40 A
NEO
mount loudspeaker with
–
Frequency range: 60 Hz to 16 kHz
connector
– Includes mounting bracket
–11.8” x 8.8” x 7.8”
(300 mm x 225 mm x 200 mm)
NEO 4
NEO
and 0.5” tweeter.
– 100V transformer with 8Ω bypass
– Transformer taps: 100 V: 16, 8, 4, 2 W
–8.2” x 5.8” x 5.2”
(210 mm x 148 mm x 134 mm)
NEO 6
NEO
and 1” tweeter.
– 100V transformer with 8Ω bypass
– Transformer taps: 100 V: 32, 16, 8, 4 W
–11.4” x 7.8” x 6.8”
(290 mm x 200 mm x 175 mm)
NEO 8A
NEO
connector
–14.5” x 10.2” x 9.4”
(370 mm x 260 mm x 240 mm)
STUDIO 50 A
STUDIO
mount loudspeaker with 8” woofer
and 1” tweeter.
connector
–14.4” x 10.8” x 9.4”
(366 mm x 276 mm x 240 mm)
NEO 5
NEO
and 0.5” tweeter.
–Transformer taps: 100 V: 16, 8, 4, 2 W
–9.6” x 6.7” x 6.5”
(244 mm x 171 mm x 166 mm)
NEO 6A
NEO
connector
–11.4” x 7.8” x 6.8”
(290 mm x 200 mm x 175 mm)
NEO S 8A
NEO
Self-powered subwoofer that can
be mounted horizontally
or vertically with 8” woofer.
– Frequency range: 40 Hz to 160 Hz
– Amplifier power: 58W
–Adjustable crossover frequency: 50 Hz to
150 Hz
–15.7” x 20.4” x 5.1”
(400 mm x 520 mm x 130 mm)
CLY1
CLY
Two-way column array loudspeaker
with 6 x 5.25” woofer and
18 x 1” tweeters.
– Impedance: 12Ω
–Optional extension bracket allows you to
build larger arrays
–Optional wall-mount bracket available
–33.6” x 7.4” x 9.0”
(854 mm x 190 mm x 230 mm)
115
LOUDSPEAKERS
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
RCS 001
RCS
Two-way in-wall loudspeaker with
5” woofers and 1” tweeter.
Loudspeakers > Installed > Outdoor
RCS 002
RCS
Two-way in-wall loudspeaker with
6.5” woofers and 1” tweeter.
–100V transformer with 4W, 8W or 12W
power taps
–10.2” x 7.4” x 2.3”
(260 mm x 190 mm x 59 mm)
CS206
CS
with 6 x 2” woofer and 1” tweeter.
–
Frequency range: 45 Hz to 20 kHz
power taps
–13.5” x 9.2” x 3.5”
(345 mm x 235 mm x 90 mm)
CS210
CS
–100V transformer
–Transformer taps: 100 V: 30, 15, 7.5 W
–19.9” x 2.9” x 2.8”
(506 mm x 75 mm x 70 mm)
RCS
Three-way in-wall loudspeaker
with 8” woofer, 2.5” tweeter
and 1” silk dome.
power taps
–14.5” x 10.6” x 3.7”
(370 mm x 270 mm x 95 mm)
CS214
CS
Loudspeakers – Outdoor Speakers
To be suitable for permanent installation outside, these speakers must withstand the adverse effects of both inclement
weather and vandalism. This is achieved by the use of sealed, ruggedised enclosures and innovative, robust mountings.
NGS 5L
NGS
Garden speaker with 5” full-range
loudspeaker.
– 100V transformers with 8-ohm bypass
– Transformer taps: 100 V: 30, 15, 7.5, 3 W
–Ø14.9” x 12.2” (Ø380 mm x 310 mm)
MR 110 S Line
MR
Two-way garden speaker
with 8” woofer and tweeter.
– 100V transformers with 8-ohm bypass.
– Sand colour
–15.7” x 11.8” x 9”
(400 mm x 300 mm x 230 mm)
MR 110 G Line
MR
Two-way garden speaker
with 8” woofer and tweeter.
– 100V transformers with 8-ohm bypass
– Grey colour
–15.7” x 11.8” x 9”
(400 mm x 300 mm x 230 mm)
– 100V transformer
– Transformer taps: 100 V: 30, 15, 7.5 W
–36.6” x 2.9” x 2.8”
(931 mm x 75 mm x 70 mm)
LOUDSPEAKERS
LOUDSPEAKERS
– 100V transformer
– Transformer taps: 100 V: 30, 15, 7.5 W
–Includes mounting bracket
–28.3” x 2.9” x 2.8”
(721 mm x 75 mm x 70 mm)
RCS 003
116
DISTRIBUTION UK
117
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Loudspeakers > Product Selector > Live Portable
Loudspeakers > Live Portable
K8
Loudspeakers – Live Portable
Speakers designed for small to medium live performances. Perfect for use with any band, DJ, function,
AV conference, presentation or event, there will be a speaker system for each application. They are all lightweight,
compact and portable for easy loading in and out of the venue.
PLEASE NOTE
QSC K, KW and KLA Series Loudspeakers are only available to select partners.
Specific purchasing criteria and conditions apply. Please contact Shure Distribution for details.
Material
750
ABS
KSUB
2 x 12"
1000W
N/A
Wood
1000W
750
Wood
1000W
600
Wood
KW153
12"
Two-way
15"
Two-way
15"
Three-way
1000W
750
Wood
KW181
1 x 18"
1000W
N/A
Wood
KLA12
12"
Two-way
1000W
900 H x
180 V
ABS
KLA181
1 x 18"
1000W
N/A
Wood
QSC K
QSC KW
KW152
Page
Dispersion
1000W
Rigging Hardware
Amplifier Power
K12
K10
Configuration
ABS
Active
900
Passive
1000W
Subwoofer
ABS
Large Venues
1050
Small Venues
1000W
KW122
QSC KLA
K
Active wooden enclosure subwoofer
with 2 x 12” woofers.
8"
Two-way
10"
Two-way
12"
Two-way
K8
–1000 W continuous Class D amplifier
(500 W LF, 500 W HF)
–2 x XLR/¼” line/mic inputs, 2 x XLR
thruputs, XLR “mix” out
–Stereo RCA line level input
–Pole mount with Tilt Direct. M10 flying
kit available
–17.7” × 11” × 10.6”
(450 mm × 280 mm × 269 mm)
KSUB
Features
Continuous Power
Medium Venues
Application
K
Two-way active ABS enclosure
1.75” HF compression driver.
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
– Frequency range (-6dB): 48 Hz to 134 Hz
(2 x 500 W)
– 2 x XLR/¼” line inputs, XLR thruput
–Fitted wheels for easy transport
– Speaker pole included
–26” × 14” × 28.1”
(665 mm × 356 mm × 714 mm)
(including casters)
KW153
KW
Three-way active wooden enclosure
loudspeaker with 15” woofer, 6.5”
Midrange woofer and 1.75” HF
compression driver.
(500 W LF, 500 W HF)
– Stereo RCA line level input
– Pole mount. M10 flying kit available
–43.1” × 18.5” × 16.8”
(1094 mm × 470 mm × 427 mm)
K10
K
(500 W LF, 500 W HF)
kit available
–20.4” × 12.6” × 11.8”
(519 mm × 320 mm × 300 mm)
KW122
KW
Two-way active wooden enclosure
(500 W LF, 500 W HF)
kit available
–26” × 15” × 15.4”
(660 mm × 381 mm × 391 mm)
KW181
KW
Active wooden enclosure subwoofer
with 18” woofer.
(2 x 500 W)
–2 x XLR/¼” line inputs, XLR thruput
–Speaker pole included
–20.1” × 23.4” × 29.9”
(510 mm × 595 mm × 761 mm)
(including casters)
K12
K
(500 W LF, 500 W HF)
kit available
–23.7” × 14” × 14”
(603 mm × 356 mm × 356 mm)
KW152
KW
Two-way active wooden enclosure
(500 W LF, 500 W HF)
–Pole mount with Tilt Direct. M10 flying kit
available
–32.1” × 17.5” × 15.2”
(816 mm × 445 mm × 386 mm)
KLA12
KLA
Two-way active ABS enclosure line
array loudspeaker with 12” woofer
and 1.75” HF compression driver.
– Frequency range (-6dB):
(500 W LF, 500 W HF)
–XLR line input, XLR thruput
– Intrinsic correction selector knob
–Rigging System supports deployment
without external hardware
–15.0” × 23.4” × 16.6”
(382 mm × 594 mm × 422 mm)
KLA181
KLA
Active line array subwoofer with
18” woofer.
118
DISTRIBUTION UK
LOUDSPEAKERS
SC AcousticPerformance
LOUDSPEAKERS
– Frequency range (-6dB): 38 Hz
(2 x 500 W)
– XLR line input, XLR thruput
–Rigging System supports deployment
without external hardware
–21.6” × 23.1” × 25.7”
(547 mm × 586 mm × 633 mm)
119
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Loudspeakers > Options & Accessories
Loudspeakers > Accessories
QSC ILA
QSC AcousticDesign cont’d
QSC K
QSC KW
FB2082-I
YMS8T-BLK
M10 Kit - C
KW SUS KIT 122
K8 Yoke
KW M10 KIT - W
K10 Yoke
KW122 COVER
K12 Yoke
KW152 COVER
K8 Tote
KW153 COVER
K10 Tote
KW181 COVER
QSC AcousticPerformance
Soft, padded tote made with weather resistant, heavy-duty
Nylon/Cordura® material for K10.
AP-YM10
K12 Tote
KW 181 Pole
Yoke mount for the BLACK Acoustic Design S8T Loudspeaker.
YMS8T-WHT
Work CLY
Yoke mount for the white Acoustic Design S8T Loudspeaker.
CLY1 Brackets
YMS10T-BLK
Mounting brackets for CLY1 column array loudspeaker.
YMS10T-WHT
Yoke mount for the white Acoustic Design S10T Loudspeaker.
QSC AcousticDesign
YMS12-BLK
Yoke mount for the BLACK Acoustic Design S12 Loudspeaker.
ADC-MR x 6
Mud ring for install of AD-Ci52T in plaster - pack of six.
ADC-MRS x 6
Mud ring for install of AD-Ci52ST in plaster - pack of six.
ADC-MR4 x 6
Mud ring for install of AD-C42T in plaster - pack of six.
ADC-NC x 6
New construction bracket for AD-Ci52T - pack of six.
ADC-NCS x 6
New construction bracket for AD-Ci52ST - pack of six.
ADC-NC4 x 6
New construction bracket for AD-C42T - pack of six.
AD-YM5 PAIR
YMS12-WHT
Yoke mount for the WHITE Acoustic Design S12 Loudspeaker.
M10 KIT-C
M10 forged-shoulder steel eyebolt kit for suspending K Series, KLA12
and AcousticDesign S8T, S10T and S12 loudspeakers.
Yoke mount for the AP-5102. Available in black or white.
AP-YM12
Yoke mount for the AP-5122. Available in black or white.
AP-YM12m
Yoke mount for the AP-5122m. Available in black only.
Yoke mount bracket for AD-S52.
M10 KIT-W
AD-ID8
Intellidock mount for AD-S82 loudspeakers.
AD-YM8
Powder coated steel yoke for mounting the K8 vertically or Horizontally
to structures.
to structures.
to structures.
QSC ILA
K10 Outdoor Cover
YMS8T-BLK
PB2082-I
K12 Outdoor Cover
AD-YM5 PAIR
Yoke mount bracket for AD-S52.
LOUDSPEAKERS
QRP-KIT-1
AD-ID8
Kit of four (4) quick release pins for use in lieu of included bolts.
Intellidock mount for AD-S82 loudspeakers.
AB2082-I
AD-ID8T
Intellidock mount for AD-S82 loudspeakers with 70/100V transformer.
AD-YM8
Yoke mount for AD-S82 loudspeakers.
Angle bracket ILA arrays. Allows greater vertical splay between
WL2082-i and WL118-sw or WL115-sw enclosures in ground stacked
configurations. Requires two brackets per array, sold individually.
GS115-sw
AD-YM8T
Yoke mount for AD-S82 loudspeakers with 70/100V transformer.
120
Pullback bar for WL2082-i. For use when pulling back the bottom
of the array is necessary to achieve the desired angle, available in
black or white.
DISTRIBUTION UK
Ground Stack Kit includes two ground stack rails which attach to the
rigging straps under the WL118-sw or WL115-sw.
Soft cover made with weather resistant, heavy-duty Nylon/Cordura
material for KW153.
material for KW181.
Pole for KW181, 1.4” 35 mm diameter. 36” (91 mm) long, M20 thread.
For KW181 and KW122, KW152, or KW153 only.
KLA AF12
Yoke mount for AD-S82 loudspeakers with 70/100V transformer.
material for KW152.
K8 Outdoor Cover
Extension bar, allows WL115-sw to be suspended behind WL2082-i,
available in black or white.
AD-YM8T
material for KW122.
QSC KLA
Includes: 3x M10 forged-shoulder, steel eyebolt kit for suspending
KW Series and AcousticPerformance loudspeakers.
EB2082-I
M10 forged-shoulder steel eyebolt kit for suspending KW Series
loudspeakers. Contains three M10×1.50 35–38mm shoulder eyebolts.
Soft, padded cover made with weather resistant, heavy-duty
Nylon/Cordura® material for Ksub with grille guard.
Nylon fabric and mesh cover for temporary outdoor use of K10 in
adverse weather. Removable amplifier panel allows access to
connectors and controls. Vented panel maintains airflow for proper
heat management. Not intended for permanent outdoor installation.
Yoke mount for AD-S82 loudspeakers.
Suspension kit for KW122. Designed for suspending the KW122
horizontally. Includes eyebolts and pullback bar.
KSub cover
Nylon fabric and mesh cover for temporary outdoor use of K8 in adverse
weather. Removable amplifier panel allows access to connectors and
controls. Vented panel maintains airflow for proper heat management.
Not intended for permanent outdoor installation.
AD-ID8T
Intellidock mount for AD-S82 loudspeakers with 70/100V transformer.
Aluminum array frame for KLA Series enclosures; available in
black and white.
KLA12 TOTE
Soft padded tote for the KLA12 Loudspeaker made with heavy-duty
Nylon/Cordura® material.
KLA AF12 TOTE
Tote bag for the KLA AF12.
KLA 181 CASTER KIT
Caster Kit for the KLA181, includes four (4) individual caster wheels.
Nylon fabric and mesh cover for temporary outdoor use of K12 in
adverse weather. Removable amplifier panel allows access to
connectors and controls. Vented panel maintains airflow for proper
heat management. Not intended for permanent outdoor installation.
KLA 181 M10 KIT
KSub Pole
36” loudspeaker pole for use with the KLA181.
K-Sub Pole, 1.4” (35 mm) diameter. 26.4” (670 mm) long, M20 thread.
For KSub and K8, K10, or K12 only.
KSub Extension Pole FG-000439-00
16 inch extension pole for use with K Series speaker pole and
K8 or K10 loudspeaker. Not intended for any other K Series or
KW Series loudspeaker.
M10 forged-shoulder steel eyebolt kit for suspending
KLA181 loudspeakers.
KLA POLE
KLA181 Cover
Soft padded cover for the KLA181 Subwoofer; constructed from
heavy-duty Nylon/Cordura® material.
M10 KIT-C
121
LOUDSPEAKERS
Fly-bar for WL2082-i and WL115-sw, available in black or white.
NEXT PAGE
Processing & Audio Distribution > Category Overview
Processing & Audio Distribution > Product Selector > Audio Distribution
PROCESSING &
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION.
Processing & Audio Distribution – Audio Distribution
This section contains the components required to form a highly-flexible DSP and/or audio distribution
system using either the Q-Sys Integrated System, BASIS and RAVE processors or the WORK Blueline
and DigiLine products.
There are several ranges of analogue and digital audio processing and distribution hardware
for live and installed sound applications, from single-use rackmount devices up to complete
digital audio management and routing systems (QSC’s Q-Sys).
QSC
Q-Sys
576 x 576
QSControl
32 x 32
DSP Series
2x2
Blueline Digital
Work
16 x 16
Digiline
8x8
WD 421
2x8
Layer
3
Layer
2
Page
Paging
VOIP
AEC
Cobranet
Dante/AVB Compatible
System Monitoring
User Control
Flexible I/O
Multiplayers feature a number of different playback options within a single device, providing
cost savings and simplifying installations.
Networked
Distribution hardware splits an audio input signal across multiple outputs, allowing a single
source to be shared across several locations - useful in live sound context.
Features
Max Channel Capacity
Audio Distribution
Signal processors manipulate analogue or digital audio signals to produce a desired effect on
the output signal. Examples include: compression, limiting, EQ or reverberation.
Digital Signal Processing
Application
124
127
128
129
130
130
Layer
3
122
Product Selectors
Audio Distribution
123
Analogue Processors
131
Multiplayers132
Options133
DISTRIBUTION UK
123
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Processing & Audio Distribution > Audio Distribution - QSC
Q-SYS
Q-Sys
Digital signal audio processor and control
engine with eight internal I/O cards slots.
–Up to 64 x 64 local I/O channels
– Up to 64 networked audio channels
– 24-channels of AEC built-in
–2 x Q-LAN ports for network redundancy
–16 x GPIO ports, 1 x RS-232 port for
additional control options
Core 1100
Q-Sys
engine with one internal I/O card slot.
–Up to 256 x 256 networked audio channels
–96-channels of AEC built-in
–Two auxiliary network ports for control of
external devices
I/O-22
Compact, fixed I/O peripheral designed for
use when audio sources and destinations
are physically spread out.
–Two mic/line inputs and two line outputs
–8.5W mono amplifier to drive a local
monitoring speaker
– 2 x Q-LAN ports for network redundancy
–RS-232 port and one GPIO port
–Powered via PoE or 24VDC external supply
I/O Frame-8S
Designed to accommodate the higher
channel counts needed for QSC’s line up
of “edge” network digital bridge cards
(Cobranet, Dante).
– Eight I/O card slots
124
DISTRIBUTION UK
Q-SYS
Core 500i
Q-Sys
engine with eight internal I/O cards slots.
–Up to 128 networked audio channels
–16 x GPIO ports, 1 x RS-232 port for additional
control options
Core 3100
Q-Sys
engine with one internal I/O card slot.
– Up to 64 x 64 local I/O channels
–Two auxiliary network ports for control of
external devices
CXD4.3Q
CXD-Q
amplifier with Q-Sys integration and
built‑in advanced DSP. Designed for
output. Requires Q-SYS Core.
625W/ch. at 2Ω, 625W/ch. at 70V
speaker outputs
to/from Q-Sys
–3.5” × 19” × 16” (89 mm × 482 mm × 406 mm)
CIML4
Mic/Line Analogue Input Card.
–Four channels of selectable mic/line inputs
CXD4.5Q
CXD-Q
output. Requires Q-SYS Core.
625W/ch. at 2Ω, 1250W/ch. At 70V
one, two, three, or all four channel
speaker outputs
to/from Q-Sys
–3.5” × 19” × 16” (89 mm × 482 mm × 406 mm)
CIML4-HP
High Performance Mic/Line Analogue
Input Card.
–Four channels of selectable mic/line inputs
–Broadcast quality pre-amps
I/O Frame
Used to locate input and output
connections near their sources
and destinations.
–Four I/O card slots
CXD4.2Q
COL4
Line Output Card.
–Four channels of balanced, line level outputs
CAES4
AES-3 Digital Input/Output Card.
–Four input and output channels of AES3
digital audio
CXD-Q
system integrators. Requires Q-SYS Core.
350W/ch. at 2Ω
speaker outputs
to/from Q-Sys
–3.5” × 19” × 12”
(89 mm × 482 mm × 305 mm)
CODP4
Dataport Output Card.
–Four audio output channels (two Dataport
connectors)
–For connection to DataPort equipped
QSC amplifiers
–Allows audio, status monitoring and control
CCN32
Cobranet Digital Audio Input/Output Card.
–Up to 32 input and 32 output channels of
CobraNet digital audio
– Selectable latency
125
Core 250i
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Q-SYS
Dante Digital Audio Input/Output Card.
Provides a digital bridge between any
Dante edge network or input sources
(Shure Wireless Mics, etc).
QSControl
CB
Blank card. If card slots are unfilled on a
Core or I/O frame with functioning cards,
non-functional blank cards must be used.
–Up to 64 x 64 channels at 48 kHz sample rate
–32 x 32 channels at 96 kHz sample rate
– Offers Dante network redundancy
PS-1600H
Wall Mounted Page Station with
capacitive touch, 16-button keypad.
Handheld microphone.
– Four assignable command buttons.
–Automatic logoff time out
–Logon requirements and user restrictions
for security
– Power over PoE or local power supply
–Second microphone input and GPIO allow one
Page Station to serve two locations
PS-1650H
Handheld microphone.
–Sixteen assignable buttons
for security
–Power over PoE or local power supply
TSC-7
7” touch screen controller for Q-Sys.
Powered via PoE or external power
supply.
– Capacitive touch technology
– Powered via POE
126
DISTRIBUTION UK
PS-1600G
Gooseneck microphone.
– Four assignable command buttons
– Automatic logoff time out
for security
–Power over PoE or local power supply
PS-1650G
Gooseneck microphone.
– Sixteen assignable buttons
for security
– Power over PoE or local power supply
TSC-3
3” touch screen controller for Q-Sys.
Powered via PoE.
– Capacitive touch technology
– Powered via POE
BASIS 904zz
Digital signal processor unit with a
fixed I/O configuration.
–24 x 24 DSP processing
– 24 CobraNet input channels
– 32 CobraNet output channels
–8 DataPort outputs (16 audio channels)
–Two Ethernet ports allow CobraNet and control
to be run separately
BASIS 922az
–8 line level inputs
–16 CobraNet input channels
BASIS 922uz
–8 mic/line inputs
–32 CobraNet output channels
RAVE 522ua
– 24 x 24 DSP processing
– 8 mic/line inputs
–8 line level outputs
BASIS 914lz
– 24 x 24 DSP processing
– 4 XLR line level inputs
BASIS 922dz
– 8 AES/EBU digital input channels
DSP 322ua
–8 mic/line inputs
–8 line level outputs
CDN64
NAC-100
Networked controller for
QSControl.net systems.
– Colour graphic display
–Powered via PoE
– Also available in White. (NAC-100-WH)
127
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
SC Series
Processing & Audio Distribution > Audio Distribution - Work
Blueline Digital
SC28
BLM
Two input, eight output digital system
controller containing pre-programmed
tunings for QSC loudspeaker systems.
Modular central unit of Blueline Digital
distributed audio systems.
–Composed of BL-PSU power supply and BLS 2M
two channel ethernet streamer
– Add up to 7 additional BLS modules
–User adjustable equalisation and delay
–Rear panel USB port for easy uploading of
new loudspeaker tunings
–Password protection prevents
unauthorised adjustments
–Designed for use with ILA, Wideline 8
and Wideline 10 line array systems
BLMP1 - MEDIA
DSP Series
Two channels of independent signal
processing that can plug into the back
of most DataPort-equipped QSC amps
to conserve rack space.
–Two inputs on three-pin Phoenix connectors
–2 outputs on three-pin Phoenix connectors
–1 female DataPort connection
– 1 RS-232 port for PC control
DSP-4
Two channels of independent signal
processing that can plug into the back
of most DataPort-equipped QSC amps
to conserve rack space.
–MP3 player (USB/SD) with built-in FM radio
–2 analogue outputs
Main power supply unit of BLM system
with auxiliary input for redundancy.
–Ethernet connection
BLS 2M - STREAMER
Two channel Ethernet streamer for
BLM system.
–4 x GPI connections and 4 x GPO connections
– Contact closure for alarm
–Two inputs on XLR connector
–1 female DataPort connection
–1 RS-232 port for PC control
BLS 2 - STREAMER
Two channel Ethernet streamer for
BLM system.
–Transports audio to one or several receivers
BLR 2 - RECEIVER
Standalone Ethernet receiver unit which
decodes audio channels on the BlueLine
Digital network.
–Decodes one of the 16 available networked
audio channels
–4 x GPI connections and 4 x GPO connections
–Powered via PoE or external power supply
BLS 2 Lite - STREAMER
Standalone Ethernet streamer unit which
adds two audio channels to a BlueLine
Digital network.
–Transports audio to one or several receivers
– Ethernet connection for remote control
BLR 2 Lite - RECEIVER
Standalone Ethernet receiver unit which
decodes audio channels on the BlueLine
Digital network.
–Remote control over RS485 or Ethernet connection
BLR 2A - RECEIVER
Standalone two channel Ethernet receiver
unit with built-in two-channel amplifier.
–2 x 5W amplifier power output when connected
via PoE
–2 x 15W amplifier power output when using an
external PSU
–Remote control over RS485 or Ethernet connection
128
DISTRIBUTION UK
129
DSP-3
Media player module for BLM system.
BL PSU
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Processing & Audio Distribution > Audio Distribution - Work
Digiline
– 8 microphone or 8 line inputs
–Independent Digital Signal Processing for each
output channel
– 12 x GPI connections
–Ethernet connection for TCP/IP control
–Configured with WorkCAD Designer software
WD 421
Audio signal distributor with either single
or dual channel operation.
31
2
131
WEQ 231
31-band equaliser with built-in
feedback monitoring.
–XLR, 1/4” jack or terminal input connections
– High and Low pass filters
–Single channel mode splits 1 input channel to 8
output channels
–Dual channel mode splits 2 input channels to 4
output channels each
–Individual output level control
–Link output for connecting several units
WEQ 231
Page
WD Series
Features
Channels
Application
Work
– 8 microphone or 8 line inputs
–8-channel class D power amplifier with 150W
RMS per channel
–Independent Digital Signal Processing for each
output channel
– 4 x GPI connections
– Ethernet connection for TCP/IP control
–Configured with WorkCAD Designer software
This section contains the analogue processor available from WORK.
8 x 8 Digital Matrix Mixer.
Bands
8 x 8 Digital Matrix Mixer with built-in
power amplifier.
Processing & Audio Distribution – Analogue Processors
Digiline MX
Rackmount
Digiline 8
Processing & Audio Distribution > Product Selector > Analogue Processors
130
DISTRIBUTION UK
131
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Processing & Audio Distribution > Analogue Processors
Processing & Audio Distribution > Options
This section contains the Multiplayers available from WORK. These rackmount units can play back digital
audio files from both removable storage, and CD’s, AM/FM radio tuners and internet radio stations.
QSC Options
QSC Options cont’d
MTP-128
DPC-5
Multi-track playback. Expands the playback capability of a Core to
128 channels. Requires Media Drive Kit upgrade. Can be retrofitted
to existing Cores.
MD
Small Media Drive Kit - Provides audio storage. The media drive can
store and reproduce WAV and MP3 audio files. Factory option only.
Can be retrofitted to existing Cores.
132
132
132
Multiplayer 3R
Work
DAB-801
Page
Recording
S - 130 hours, M - 260 hours, L - 1200 hours.
FM Radio
Web Streaming
CD Playback
MP3 Playback
Features
Multiplayer 4
Multiplayer 10 Web
Multiplayer 3R
Audio MP3/WMA player with built-in
recording functionality.
– MP3/WMA playback
– Stereo output on phono connectors
–Stereo record input on phono connectors
–Records directly to USB or SD-Card
– RS232 port for remote control
Multiplayer 4
Media player and AM/FM receiver.
–CD player, USB/SD-card input or AM/FM
playback
–Auxiliary input port for external audio sources
–RS232 port for remote control
DataPort Amplifier Backup Panel. Provide N+1 instantaneous
two-channel switchover redundancy for as many as eight amplifier
output channels. Can cascade to a second DAB-801 for up to
16-channels of redundancy. Automatic detection and switchover in
the event of I/O frame failure. Works only with I/O frames.
IT-8400
–2.4GHz WiFi or LAN connection for internet radio
– Playback from USB storage
– FM tuner (via BNC antenna connector)
–Stereo output on phono connectors or
optical output
DataPort cable, HD15 connector, 6 ft. length.
DPC-10
DPC-20
DPC-50
DPC-75
DPC-100
DPX-3
PS-X
Q-Sys PageStation Expander. Handheld Microphone.
Bracket kit or mounting up to four DSP-3 or DSP-4 modules.
Shipped with hardware for mounting on rear racks.
PS-ACC
DDI-3
Q-Sys Gooseneck PageStation podium mounting assembly.
Pilot Tone Load. Designed to be terminated at the end of a 70/100V
loudspeaker circuit for greater accuracy when monitoring short or
open circuits.
Internet radio and media player.
DPC-6
Output Isolation Transformer accessory for CX302 amps. Allows up to
four amps to drive up to eight 25, 70, and 100V isolated distributed
loudspeaker lines. Up to 300W per channel (25V). Up to 400W per
channel (70/100V).
PTL-1
Multiplayer 10 Web
PS-RHM
Replacement handheld microphone for paging stations.
PS-RGM
Replacement gooseneck microphone for paging stations.
Null modem cable used for programming a DSP-3 manufactured
before July 1999.
DPX-4
DataPort Accessory card, converts a HD15 connector on DataPort
amplifiers to a terminal block style connector.
Also provides audio signal access when connected to the outputs
of DataPort-equipped processors.
DDI-11
DataPort accessory card, converts a HD15 connector on DataPort
amplifiers to a terminal block style connector. Right-angle mounted
DataPort connector.
DDI-12
WCP-1
DataPort accessory card, with two fully isolated and balanced
transformer-coupled inputs.
WCP-2
Work Options
Wall Control Plate with Rotary Potentiometer.
Wall Control Plate with Rotary BCD Switch.
DPC/foot
Unterminated Custom DataPort Cable per foot.
DPC-1
DPC-2
DPC-3
DPC-4
BL-C1
Controller for BLR 2 Ethernet receiver. Auxiliary input for external
audio sources.
WGC-1
Wall-mount controller with 7 configurable buttons for any GPI
interface such as Digiline. Compatible with WorkCAD Designer.
WNC-1
Wall-mount Ethernet controller with source select and volume
control for Digiline 8 or Digiline MX.
Compatible with WorkCAD Designer.
132
DISTRIBUTION UK
133
Processing & Audio Distribution – Multiplayers
NEXT PAGE
Conference & Discussion > Category Overview
Conferencing & Discussion > Product Selector > Conference Systems
CONFERENCING &
DISCUSSION.
Conferencing & Discussion – Conference Systems
In addition to facilitating open discussion, conferencing systems also offer voting and translation functionality.
Advanced features are available when used with supplementary software packages.
The decision to use a Discussion system or Conferencing system depends on the scale and requirements
of the event.
Danish Interpretation Systems (DIS) offers flexible, scalable conferencing and discussion
systems. Contact us to discuss your specific requirements.
134
DDS 5900
250
DCS 6000
3800
DDS 5900
A cost-effective digital discussion system offering plug-and-play simplicity to
smaller discussion groups and conferencing situations.
– Up to 250 conference units
–2 channels of language interpretation
– Four selectable operating modes
–Encrypted audio for security
–Web browser interface for setup and control
–TCP/IP Ethernet connection for external control
2+
Floor
31+
Floor
Page
Camera Control
Customisation
Conference Management Software
Flush Mount
Voting
Max Conference Units
International Organisations
Central Government
Local Council
Universities/Corporate
Court Houses
Features
137
139
DCS 6000
A versatile digital conferencing system that can be scaled to meet the needs of
any installation.
–Up to 31 channels of language interpretation
–SW6000 software package offers additional functionality
–Web browser interface for setup and control
–TCP/IP Ethernet connection for external control
– Customisation options available
CONFERENCE & DISCUSSION
Product Selectors
Conference Systems
135
DDS5900136
DCS6000138
SW6000142
Digital Infra Red Audio Distribution
144
Options146
Feature Licence Options
148
Accessories150
News Conference
Most integrated conferencing systems are designed to reduce the effect of acoustic reflections
on audio quality, in order that all participants may be heard clearly, and the most fully
featured systems even offer voting and translation functionality for parliamentary chambers
and boardrooms, with additional advanced features available through the purchase of
supplementary software.
Application
Max Interpretation Channels
Sound reinforcement for discussions in conference and meeting chambers or office meeting
spaces is something of a specialist field, and whilst it is possible to construct systems to do the
job from individual constituent elements such as microphones, amplifiers, loudspeakers and
mixers, integrated discussion and conferencing systems offer simple-to-use, easily controlled
solutions for enhancing, amplifying and routing discussions.
DISTRIBUTION UK
135
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Conferencing & Discussion > Product Selector > Discussion Systems
Conferencing & Discussion > Discussion Systems
Conferencing & Discussion – Discussion Systems
The DDS5900 Discussion System offers simplified setup and streamlined features without compromising
on audio quality. Allowing for up to 250 discussion units and 2 languages of translation it is able to
accommodate most small to medium sized meetings with ease. The CU5905 provides both control and
audio processing of the DC5980P and DC5900F Discussion units while the TCP/IP port allows for external
control of the system.
The DC5980P portable unit can be programmed as either a Chairman, Delegate or Interpreter desk and
the DC5900F flush-mount can be configured as a Chairman or Delegate allowing flexibility in both rental
and installed applications.
Central unit.
– Two audio inputs
–Four user configurable audio outputs
–Two DCS-LAN ports
–Built-in web-browser interface for setup and
control
–TCP/IP Ethernet port for external control
– Encrypted audio for security
FP5921F
Features
Front plate for DC 5900F.
CU5905
DDS 5900
DC5980P
Internal
DC5900F + FP 5921F
External Option
DC5900F + FP 5981F
External Option
GM5923
GM5924
Portable Discussion Unit.
–Configurable as Chairman, Delegate or
Interpreter desk
–Channel Selector
–Loudspeaker
–Stereo headphone output with volume controls
–71 x 128 x 146mm
FP5981F
Front plate for DC 5900F.
–Chairman or Delegate overlays available
–Stereo headphone output
–Channel Selector
–Headphone Volume Control
–Requires DC5900F base
– 63 x 152 x 12mm
Page
Interpretation Unit
Loudspeaker
Channel Selector
Microphones
Flush Mount
Portable
Central Unit
–Chairman or Delegate overlays available
–Requires DC5900F base
–63 x 72 x 12mm
DC5980P
137
137
137
137
137
137
DC5900F
External electronics base unit for FP
front plates.
–Works with GM and Microflex gooseneck
microphones
–Configurable as Chairman or Delegate
–Optional loudspeaker available
GM5923
Gooseneck Microphone.
– 40cm length
–LED light ring
Hardware
CU5905
GM5924
– 50cm length
–LED light ring
136
DISTRIBUTION UK
137
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Conferencing & Discussion > Product Selector > DCS 6000
Conferencing & Discussion > DCS 6000
Conferencing & Discussion – DCS 6000
CU6105
The DCS6000 Conference System is a scalable conferencing solution designed to meet the most demanding meeting environments.
With a total system capacity of up to 3800 units and 31 languages of translation it is capable of accommodating anything from
large international summits to local council meetings.
When used with the SW6000 software package additional functionality is available such as voting, meeting agendas, microphone
control and more.
In addition to the standard range of flush-mount units, DIS also offer fully customised solutions. Working with the consultants and
end users DIS can offer flush-mount units with any combination of features, in any size and a wide range of colours. It is also possible
to offer tailored solutions to integrate with third-party security or database software.
–Two audio inputs
–Four user configurable audio outputs
– Built-in web browser interface
DC6120P
Features
Portable Conference Unit.
CU6110
DC6120P
DC6190P
DM6680P
DC6990P
CM6080F
DM6080F
CM6680F
DM6680F
DM6620F
DV6501F
DM6588F
MU6040C + FC6020
MU6040C + FC6021
MU6040D + FD6120
MU6040D + FD6121
MU6042
IS6132 P
CS6340F
GM6523
GM6524
GM6525
GM6628
BM6620
DISTRIBUTION UK
Central unit. Basic feature license offers
a maximum of 50 conference units and
4-channels of language interpretation.
Can be expanded through additional
feature licenses. See options for details.
– Two audio inputs
–Eight user configurable audio outputs
– Built-in web browser interface
DC6190P
– Configurable as Chairman or Delegate
–Two channel selectors with OLED displays
–Stereo headphone connector and
volume controls
–Loudspeaker
– 61 x 150 x 168mm
Page
Channel Selector
Voting
LCD Display
Dual Delegate
Interpretation
Delegate
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
141
141
141
141
141
CU6105
138
Chairman
Microphones
Flush Mount
Portable
Central Unit
– Configurable as Chairman or Delegate
volume controls
–Loudspeaker
–61 x 150 x 168mm
CU6110
DM6680P
Portable Delegate Unit.
– 3-button and 5-button voting
–Chip card reader
– Channel Selector
volume controls
–Loudspeaker
– 74 x 268 x 153mm
CM6080F
Flush-mount Chairman Unit.
volume controls
–Loudspeaker
– Channel selector
– 90 x 180 x 62.6mm
CM6680F
–5 voting buttons
–Chip card reader
volume controls
–Loudspeaker
–90 x 235 x 62.6mm
DC6990P
– 3.5” LCD colour touch screen
–Configurable as Chairman, Delegate or
Dual-Delegate
–Chip card reader
–Channel Selector
–Two stereo headphone connectors and
volume controls
–Loudspeaker
– 74 x 268 x 153mm
DM6080F
Flush-mount Delegate Unit.
volume controls
–Loudspeaker
– 90 x 180 x 62.6mm
Hardware
Central unit. Basic feature license offers
a maximum of 50 conference units and
4-channels of language interpretation.
Can be expanded through additional
feature licenses. See options for details.
DM6680F
–5 voting buttons
–Chip card reader
volume controls
–Loudspeaker
–90 x 235 x 62.6mm
139
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
– 5 voting buttons
–Chip card reader
–Loudspeaker
– 90 x 235 x 62.6mm
DM6588F
– Slimline design
– 3 voting buttons
–Chip card reader
volume controls
– Channel Select
–50 x 240 x 95mm
FC6021
– Speak and Delegate off buttons
–Requires MU6040C external electronics unit
– 90 x 90 x 28mm
FD6121
– Speak and Mute buttons
–Requires MU6040D external electronics unit
–90 x 90 x 28mm
IS6132 P
Portable Interpretation Desk.
–Two outgoing channels (A+B) with
free/locked toggling
–Auto floor mode for when there is
no interpretation
–Four relay languages plus floor
–Volume and tone controls
–Speaking too fast button
– Backlit LCD display
– 73 x 235 x 115mm
140
DISTRIBUTION UK
DV6501F
–3 voting buttons
–Chip card reader
–55 x 125 x 100mm
FC6020
– Speak and Delegate off buttons
–Loudspeaker
–Requires MU6040C external electronics unit
–90 x 160 x 30mm
FD6120
– Speak and Mute buttons
–Loudspeaker
–Requires MU6040D external electronics unit
– 90 x 160 x 30mm
CS6340FV
Flush-mount Channel Selector.
– Vertical orientation
–Allows a listener to listen to language
interpretation channels
–3-character OLED display
volume controls
– 95 x 45 x 50mm
GM6524
–50cm length
–LED light ring
GM6628
Shotgun Microphone.
– 29.5cm length
–LED light ring
–Hypercardioid polar pattern
GM6523
–40cm length
–LED light ring
GM6525
– 63cm length
–LED light ring
BM6620
Boundary Microphone.
–Standard fitting on FC and FD flush mount units
–Custom fitting on all other DIS flush mount units
MU6040
External electronics unit FC or FD flushmount units with DCS-LAN loop through.
DM6620F
– MU6040D Delegate version
–MU6040C Chairman version
– MU6042D Dual Delegate version
– 26 x 115 x 122mm
CS6340FH
Flush-mount Channel Selector.
–Horizontal orientation
–Allows a listener to listen to language
interpretation channels
– 3-character OLED display
volume controls
–45 x 95 x 50mm
141
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
SW 6000
SOFTWARE
SUGGESTED SOFTWARE BUNDLES
for specific applications
PARLIAMENTARY SOLUTION
The so-called “basic software package”
can be considered as the operating system
for the SW 6000. It can be downloaded for
free, however, in order to run the software,
a license key needs to be purchased.
SW 6000 works with Microsoft Windows XP Pro,
Vista & Windows 7 and can be installed on a
stand-alone PC or in a PC network
(client/server or terminal server setup).
One SW 6000 conference management
license is required per installation.
The SW 6000 Basic Package consists of
following components:
– SQL 2008 Express Database Server
– SW 6000 CUI Interface, TCP/IP
and RS232 to CU 6105/11
and CU 6005/10/11
– SW 6005 CAA Application, one license
– SW 6000 Backup Utility
For meeting preparations, advanced control of
microphones, speech time & agenda, menu
display in different languages, interpretation
control, voting and display of results on screen,
delegate identification and connection to third
party systems, streaming control and web
service interface.
CITY HALL
For meeting preparations, microphone
control, menu display in different languages,
voting and display of results on screen,
delegate identification and connection to third
party systems.
BASIC CONFERENCE
To control microphones during a meeting.
SW 6000 Basic Package
SW 6008 CUA
SW 6010 Microphone Control
SW 6018 Mimic / Synoptic Control
SW 6008 CUA
SW 6012 Agenda
SW 6020 Delegate Database
SW 6050 Multilanguage Interface
SW 6060 Voting Control
SW 6070 Chip Card Registration
SW 6071 Chip Card Programming
SW 6090 Display Application
SW 6008 CUA
SW 6012 Agenda
SW 6020 Delegate Database
SW 6032 Interpretation Control
SW 6050 Multilanguage Interface
SW 6060 Voting control
SW 6070 Chip Card registration
SW 6071 Chip Card programming
SW 6085 Streaming Control
SW 6086 Web Service Interface
SW 6090 Display Application
SW 6110 Advanced Mic Control
SW 6112 Advanced Agenda Control
SW 6125 Advanced Speech Time Control
SW 6186 Import / Export Conference
SW 6005
CONFERENCE
ADMINISTRATION
APPLICATION (CAA)
SW 6008
CONFERENCE USER
APPLICATION (CUA)
SW 6010
MICROPHONE CONTROL
MODULE
SW 6012
AGENDA HANDLING
MODULE
SW 6071
CHIP CARD PROGRAMMING MODULE
SW 6080
MULTIPLE ROOM CONTROL
MODULE
SW 6085
STREAMING CONTROL
MODULE
SW 6086
WEB SERVICE INTERFACE
MODULE
One CAA licence is included as
part of the SW Basic Package. The
CAA is used to create and maintain
conference data. It can be used
offline or during a meeting.
The CUA can be used by the
various people attending or
managing a conference (e.g.
Technicians, Chairmen or
delegates).
This allows a user to turn
microphones on/off from within
the CUA.
This allows a user to prepare
an agenda within the CAA and
follow agenda topics during a
session.
This enables chip card
programming within the CAA
when used with a connected
chip card programming device
(e.g. CP6001).
This allows a technician to
control various conference
sessions across multiple rooms
from a single PC.
This allows SW 6000 to do
streaming & archiving in
combination with SW 7000 and
additional hardware.
This provides an interface for
SW 6000 to communicate
with SW 7000 and third-party
streaming solutions.
SW 6015
MESSAGING MODULE
SW 6018
MIMIC/SYNOPTIC MODULE
SW 6020
DELEGATE DATABASE
MODULE
SW 6032
INTERPRETATION CONTROL
MODULE
SW 6090
CONFERENCE DISPLAY
APPLICATION (CDA)
SW 6110
ADVANCED MICROPHONE
CONTROL MODULE
SW 6112
ADVANCED AGENDA
CONTROL MODULE
SW 6125
ADVANCED SPEECH TIME
CONTROL MODULE
This allows a user to prepare and
send messages from within the
CUA during a session.
This allows users to view
the microphone status on a
graphical representation of the
meeting room seating plan.
This allows a user to input
data on the various conference
delegates (e.g. First and last
name, political affiliations, etc).
This enables control of
interpretation units via SW 6000.
The CDA is used to display visual
content from SW 6000 such as
agenda points or voting results
on an external display
(e.g. Projectors).
This is used in combination with
SW6010 and provides advanced
features for microphone control.
SW 6012 and provides advanced
features for agenda control
(e.g. Attaching documents
and hyperlinks).
SW 6010 and provides advanced
features for speech time control
(e.g. Group speech time).
Requires SW6110.
SW 6050
MULTI-LANGUAGE MODULE
SW 6060
VOTING CONTROL MODULE
SW 6062
VOTING CLIENT MODULE
SW 6070
CHIP CARD REGISTRATION
MODULE
SW 6186
ADVANCED IMPORT/
EXPORT OF MEETINGS
SW 6232
EXTERNAL CONTROL
APPLICATION (ECA)
This allows for SW6000 to be
displayed in multiple languages.
Individual languages can be
chosen on each CUA.
This allows a user to create
voting configurations within
the CAA and start/stop a voting
session within the CUA.
This allows a PC running the
CUA to participate in a voting
session.
This enables the use of chip
cards for conference login and
delegate identification purposes.
Requires SW 6020.
This is required when
conference data from third-party
databases needs to be imported
into SW 6000.
This is required when using the
RS-232 connection on older CU
60xx models in combination with
external hardware (e.g. Media
control systems).
142
DISTRIBUTION UK
143
APPLICATIONS AND MODULES
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Conferencing & Discussion > Product Selector > Digital Infra Red Audio Distribution
RA6013
DT6008
8
DT6032
32
RA6013
13W
RA6025
25W
Infra-red radiator. Used for distribution
of infra-red signals throughout a
conference venue.
DR6004
4
DR6008
8
DR6032
32
– 13W infra-red output power
–Adjustable radiator mounting
– Covers up to 1300m2
RA6025
Infra-red radiator. Used for distribution
of infra-red signals throughout a
conference venue.
– 25W infra-red output power
–Adjustable radiator mounting
– Covers up to 2600m2
Page
Receive Channels
Transmit Power
No. of Transmit Channels
Features
Receiver
Radiator
Transmitter
Hardware
Conferencing & Discussion > Digital Infra Red Audio Distribution
144
144
145
145
145
145
145
DR6004, DR6008, DR6032
Digital Infra-red Receivers. Receives
infra-red signals from the RA6013 or
RA6025 and demodulates them back
to the original audio input signal.
–Measurement mode for checking
radiator coverage
–Volume and channel selector controls
–Automatic muting when received signal
is too low
– LCD display
Options available: 4 channels, 8 channels, and 32 channels.
DT6008
8-channel Digital Infra-red Transmitter.
Receives an audio signal and modulates
it for wireless distribution over infra-red.
–Eight phono connectors for input of
unbalanced signals
–Two XLR connectors for input of
balanced signals
–3.5mm stereo headphone output for monitoring
–Built-in mini IR radiator for RF monitoring
–Connect up to 180 RA6013 or RA6025
radiator units
– LCD Display
DT6032
32-channel Digital Infra-red Transmitter.
Receives an audio signal and modulates
it for wireless distribution over infra-red.
–Thirty two phono connectors for input of
unbalanced signals
–Two XLR connectors for input of
balanced signals
–3.5mm stereo headphone output for monitoring
–Built-in mini IR radiator for RF monitoring
–Connect up to 180 RA6013 or RA6025
radiator units
– LCD Display
144
DISTRIBUTION UK
145
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Conferencing & Discussion > Product Selector > Options
Conferencing and Discussion > Options
DH6225
Mono ear clip headphone.
146
146
146
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
AM6040 + HM4042
DH6021
DH6223
DH6225
EX6010
RP6004
JB6104
AO6008
AO6004
CP7801
CP7851
HM4042
Handheld microphone. Used when
Delegates are requested to stand when
speaking or if the microphone should be
hidden when not in use.
– Cardioid pattern
– LED light ring
–Two function switch
– 5-pin XLR plug
DH6021
Stereo headphones.
– Frequency response: 35Hz - 15kHz
–Exchangeable ear pads
– Weight: 55g
146
DISTRIBUTION UK
AM6040
Ambient microphone electronics unit.
Used with the HM4042 microphone to
introduce ambient room noise into the
audio mix during periods of silence.
–Automatically activates when no conference
units are active
–One ambient microphone per DCS6000 system
–26 x 115 x 122mm
DH6223
Stereo stethoscopic headphones.
– Frequency response: 300Hz to 20kHz
–Weight: 22g
Extension unit. Provides additional
power and repeater functionality for
larger DIS systems.
–Splits one DCS-LAN chain into four repeater
output chains
–Each output provides 125W of power for
additional conference units
–Loop-through connection to pass DCS-LAN
signal to other units in the chain
–Compatible with DDS5900 and
DCS6000 systems
Page
Camera Control Package
Audio Expansion
DCS-LAN Expansion
Headphones
DCS6000 Only
Ambient Microphone
–Frequency response: 100Hz to 10kHz
–Weight: 20g
EX6010
RP6004
Repeater unit. Provides repeater
functionality for larger DIS systems.
–Splits one DCS-LAN chain into four repeater
output chains
DCS6000 systems
AO6008
8-Channel audio output unit. Converts
DCS-LAN digital audio to analogue audio
for distribution.
–Eight transformer balanced XLR outputs
with ground lift
–Volume control for each output
–Backlit LCD display
–3.5mm jack and 1/4” jack for audio monitoring
CP7801
Camera control package for easy
implementation of camera follow in
DIS systems. Includes camera controller,
a wireless router, an iPod Touch user
interface and cables.
– Controls up to four PTZ cameras
–Supports any camera using the Visca protocol
–Store presets for up to 400 seats
–Store presets for up to 4 cameras per seat
–Controls any video switcher using
contact closure
DCS6000 systems
JB6104
Junction Box. Provides four independent
DCS-LAN ports for use in situations where
a more robust cabling method is required.
–Enables single cable connection to each unit
–Isolated ports limit any errors to a single unit,
not an entire chain
–One conference unit or interpretation
desk per output
DCS6000 systems
AO6004
4-Channel audio output unit. Converts
DCS-LAN digital audio to analogue audio
for distribution.
–Four transformer balanced XLR outputs
with ground lift
–Automatic channel assignment on start up
–Up to 20 AO6004 in one system
–Controlled using the SW6000 software package
CP7851
Camera control package for easy
implementation of camera follow in
DIS systems. Includes camera controller,
a wireless router, an iPad user interface
and cables.
– Controls up to four PTZ cameras
–Supports any camera using the Visca protocol
–Store presets for up to 400 seats
–Store presets for up to 4 cameras per seat
–Controls any video switcher using
contact closure
–Compatible with DDS5900 and DCS6000
systems
147
Hardware
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Conferencing & Discussion > Options
Conferencing & Discussion > Options
DDS5900 Options
DCS 6000 Options cont’d
DCS 6000 Options cont’d
Cables cont’d
FP 5921 F OL1 5PK
FL 6000 2
FL 6000 5-X
Feature licence 2 adds encrypted audio functionality to installations
using legacy CU60xx central units.
Feature licence 5-X expands the number of interpretation channels in
the DCS6000 system beyond the default maximum of 4 languages.
EC 6001-20
2A
FL 6000 5-8
FP 5921 F OL3 2PK
Up to 50 conference units.
Up to 8 interpretation channels.
2B
FL 6000 5-16
FP 5921 F OL4 5PK
2C
FL 6000 5-31
FP 5981 F OL5 5PK
FP 5981 F OL6 5PK
FP 5981 F OL7 2PK
AC 5901
FL 6000 3
FP 5921 F OL2 5PK
FP 5921 F Overlay 2, DM -5PK.
FP 5921 F Overlay 3, CM/DEL. OFF -2PK.
FP 5921 F Overlay 4, no buttons -5PK.
2D
FP 5981 F Overlay 5, DM/Mute/CS -5PK.
2E
FP 5981 F Overlay 6, DM/CS -5PK.
FP 5981 F Overlay 7, CM/DEL. off/CS -2PK.
Adapter DIS/SHURE Microflex - 5PK.
Feature licence 3 adds the VOX voice activated operating mode to
DCS6000 systems.
LS 5900 F
3A
Loudspeaker Module for DC 5900 F.
3B
DCS 6000 Options
Feature Licenses
In default configuration the CU6105 and CU6110 allow for a maximum
of 50 conference units and up to 4 channels of language interpretation.
3C
3D
FL 6000 1
Feature licence 1 expands the capacity of the DCS6000 system beyond
the default maximum of 50 conference units.
1B
3E
Feature licence 6 allows users to start or stop a voting session and
obtain voting results over RS232. It is compatible with legacy CU60xx
central units only and cannot be used in conjunction with SW6000.
EC 6001-50
Cat 5e cable of 50 metres.
EC 4004-02
Spiral (coiled) Cable -2 m, 6 pin XLR female x 15 pin HD-Sub male for
HM 4042 Hand microphones to MU6040.
Straight Cable – 3 m, 6 pin XLR female x 15 pin HD-Sub male for HM
4042 Hand microphones to MU 6040.
LS 6132
Portable Interpreter Loudspeaker.
Digital Infra Red Options
CT 6056
Charging tray for 56 digital receivers equipped with rechargeable
battery pack BP 6001.
BP 6001
Rechargeable battery pack for digital receiver.
Cables
EC 6105-01
4A
EC 6100-50
1E
FL 6000 6
EC 6100-10
4B
EC 4006-03
FL 6000 4
1D
EC 6001-30
Cable XLR to RCA/Phono to use between AO 6008 and DT 6008/32.
Feature licence 4 adds voting functionality to DCS6000 systems.
1C
RG 59 cable, 10 metres. To use between DT60xx and RA60xx.
RG 59 cable, 50 metres. To use between DT60xx and RA60xx.
EC 6001-0.5
Cat 5e cable of 0.5 metres.
4C
EC 6001-01
4D
EC 6001-02
4E
EC 6001-03
FP 5921 F Overlay 1, DM/Mute -5PK.
EC 6001-05
EC 6001-10
148
DISTRIBUTION UK
149
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Conferencing & Discussion > Accessories
DDS 5900
Digital Infra Red
SB 5980
FS 6000
AC 5900 CC 20PK
WB 6000
Plastic box for 10 pcs DC5980P & GM59xx.
Floor stand for radiator.
Cable clamp for DC 5980 P - 20PK.
Wall bracket mount for radiator.
SB 6013
DCS 6000
Storage box for 1 x RA6013.
RP 6004 BR
SB 6025
PS 6000
SB DH
In-line power supply for DCS-LAN.
Storage box for 25 x DH6021.
AC 4042
SB DR
Clamp for HM 4042 Hand microphone.
Storage box for 50 x DR6004, DR6008, DR6032.
DC6990 ACC-GB
SB CU
Storage box for 1 x RA6025.
19” Bracket for RP 6004.
Accessories for DM 6680P / DC 6990P. Tool for securing gooseneck
microphones and spare buttons.
Storage box for 1 x EX 6010, AO 6008 or DT 6008/32.
SB DM
Storage box for 5 DC6120P or DC6190P conference units.
SB 6990
Storage box for 3 DC6990P or DM6680P conference Units.
SB IS
Storage box for 2 pcs IS6132P or LS6000 & 2 pcs GM6523.
GM 65xx WS
Windscreen for GM 65xx microphones.
CP 6001
Chip Card Programmer for DCS6000 systems. Requires SW6070 and
SW6071 software modules.
CP 6010
Chip Cards for use with DCS6000 systems. Sold in packs of 10.
150
DISTRIBUTION UK
151
NEXT PAGE
Studio & Stage Accessories > Category Overview
Studio & Stage Accessories > Product Selector > DI Boxes
STUDIO &
STAGE ACCESSORIES.
Studio & Stage Accessories – DI Boxes
A DI box, is a device typically used in recording studios or live to connect a high-impedance, line level, unbalanced output
signal to a low-impedance microphone level balanced input, usually via XLR connector. DI (Direct Inject) boxes are used
because musical instruments usually have an output signal that is not directly compatible with either the microphone input
or the line input. They are also used when the mixer is a long distance from the performers or instrument.
ToneBone
J Series
152
DISTRIBUTION UK
SB-1
1
SB-2
1
SB-4
1
SB-5
2
SB-5-W
2
Pro-DI
1
Pro-D2
2
Pro-48
1
Pro-AV1
1
Pro-AV2
2
Pro-D8
8
Stage Direct
1
USB Pro
2
PZ-DI
2
Firefly
1
JDI
1
JDI Duplex
2
J48
1
JDV
1
JDX
1
JD6
6
J33
2
PZ-Pre
1
PZ-Deluxe
1
PZ-Select
1
Bassbone
1
Bassbone OD
2
Page
USB Connection
Built-in Switcher
Wall Mount
Radial Transformer
Jensen Transformer
Channels
Active
Passive
Turntable
mp3 Player / Laptop
Piezo
Keyboard
Bass
Features
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
153
Pro Series
StageBug
Product Selectors
DI Boxes
153
Switchers157
Effects161
Splitters & Isolators
163
Studio 500 Series
166
Computer Interfaces
170
Problem Solvers
171
Guitar
This section contains a host of ancillary products from Radial, Shure, Primacoustic and Sound
Devices. It includes studio and live sound accessories and problem solvers such as DI boxes,
signal switchers, computer interfaces, effects units, signal splitters, and Radial’s renowned
500-series-compatible range of rackmount audio processors.
Guitar Amplifier
Application
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Studio & Stage Accessories > DI Boxes
SB-1
STAGEBUG
Ultra compact active DI for acoustic
guitar.
–48v Phantom Power. No batteries required
–Tuner Out facility
–15dB pad to attenuate input sensitivity
–Ultra Compact Design
SB-4
STAGEBUG
Active DI optimised for piezo transducers.
–Perfect for Violin, Cello and Upright Bass
–High Pass filter eliminates resonant feedback
– Ultra Compact Design
SB-5-W
STAGEBUG
Wall mounted stereo DI box.
–Ideal for use with laptop computers and
consumer devices
–Transformer isolation eliminates noise
– Plug and play - no power required
Pro-D2
PRO SERIES
Passive Stereo DI for keyboards.
–Transformer isolation eliminates noisy
ground loops
–Able to withstand tremendous signal levels
without distortion
–Passive design - no external power required
–Smooth, warm sound rounds out digital edge
Pro-AV1
PRO SERIES
Passive mono DI for multi-media
applications.
– P assive design - no external power required
– 15dB pad to attenuate input sensitivity
– Multi-input connectivity for a variety of devices
154
DISTRIBUTION UK
SB-2
STAGEBUG
Ultra compact passive DI for bass,
acoustic and keyboard.
–Plug and play - no power required
SB-5
STAGEBUG
Compact Stereo DI for laptop computer
and consumer devices.
–Plug and play - no power required
–Integral 1.5m cable with sidewinder cleat
for storage
Pro-DI
PRO SERIES
Compact passive DI for stage and studio.
–Transformer isolation eliminates noisy
ground loops
–Able to withstand tremendous signal levels
without distortion
–Ideal for use with acoustic, bass or keyboard
Pro-48
PRO SERIES
Active DI designed specifically for high
output instruments.
–48v Phantom Power. No batteries required
–Internal switching power supply significantly
increases headroom
– Ideal for acoustic guitar and bass
Pro-AV2
PRO SERIES
Passive stereo DI for multi-media
applications.
–
–
–
–
Passive design - no external power required
15dB pad to attenuate input sensitivity
Two discrete channels for full stereo functionality
Multi-input connectivity for a variety of devices
Pro-D8
PRO SERIES
8-channel rackmount DI optimised
for keyboards.
–Designed to handle extreme dynamics common
with digital keyboards
–15dB pad to attenuate input sensitivity on
each channel
–Reversible rack ears to optimize patching setup
USB Pro
PRO SERIES
Stereo USB DI for computer audio.
–Connect any computer system to seamlessly
transfer digital audio to analogue
–Ready to use without the need of a driver
–Headphone monitoring facility
Firefly
PRO SERIES
High output tube DI designed for stage
and studio.
–Two inputs with separate gain &
remote switching
– Drag Control load correction
– Variable high-pass filter to eliminate resonance
JDI Duplex
J SERIES
Passive Stereo DI with Jensen
Transformer.
–Multi-input connectivity for a variety of devices
–Virtually zero phase & harmonic distortion
JDV
J SERIES
Active DI with class-A circuitry.
–100% discrete class-A circuitry for absolute
signal purity
– Drag Control load correction
–Multiple output options for all Stage and
Studio applications
– High and Low Cut filters
Stage Direct
PRO SERIES
Active DI with footswitch mute & tuner out.
–48v Phantom Power or included 15VDC
power supply
–Silently switch instruments on stage
without noise
–High Pass filter eliminates resonant feedback
PZ-DI
PRO SERIES
Active DI optimised for piezo transducers.
– Adjustable load for piezo and magnetic pickups
– Variable low-cut filter to control bass resonance
–Internal switching power supply significantly
increases headroom
– 48v Phantom Power
– No batteries required
JDI
J SERIES
Passive DI with Jensen Transformer.
–Virtually zero phase & harmonic distortion
J48
J SERIES
Active DI with Jensen Transformer.
–Exceptional headroom and dynamic range
– Ultra Low Distortion of all types
– High Pass filter eliminates resonant feedback
– 15dB pad to attentuate input sensitivity
– 48v Phantom Power
– No batteries required
JDX
J SERIES
Guitar Amp DI with Jensen Transformer.
–Captures the sound of the amplifier
head and cabinet
–Delivers consistent tone irrespective
of the environment
–Direct recording without the need to
mic cabinets
155
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
PZ-Pre
TONEBONE
Acoustic instrument pre-amp.
– Combination RIAA Phono pre-amp and DI box
– Built-in low frequency rumble filter
– Multiple output options for all applications
–48v Phantom Power or included 15VDC
power supply
PZ-Deluxe
Radial offers a wide array of switchers that can be used to select, split and remotely control a variety of
signals such as hi-Z guitar, low-Z microphone and line level signals. Some feature ‘true-bypass’ switching
to transfer the signal without buffers while others employs advance buffering to ensure optimal
signal transfer without artefact.
Application
TONEBONE
Acoustic instrument pre-amp.
4
Input
Active DI and Pre-amp for Bass Guitar.
SW8
8
Input
–2 Channel Bass Preamp for 1 or 2 instruments
–Built-in Radial DI box
–3-band EQ and Contour control for
each Channel
–Switchable Boost feature and effects loop
–Tuner out
JX44
4 in, 4 out
Input/Ouput
JX62
6 in, 2 out
Input/Ouput
TwinLine
1
Output
VocoLoco
1
Effects Loop x 1
MC-3
2
Output
Gold Digger
4 in, 1 out
Input
TONEBONE
Cherry Picker
1 in, 4 out
Output
Two Channel Bass Guitar Pre-Amp with
Overdrive.
HotShot DM-1
1
Output
HotShot ABi
1
Input
HotShot ABO
1
Output
BigShot ABY
1 in, 2 out
Output
BigShot I/O
2 in, 1 out
Input
Bigshot EFX
1
Effects Loop x 2
Bigshot MIX
1
Effects Loop x 1
Headbone VT
1
Output
Headbone SS
1
Output
Headbone TS
1
Output
Cabbone
1
Output
Cabbone EX
1
Output
Switchbone
1 in, 2 out
Output
1
Effects Loop x 2
Bassbone OD
Radial
ToneBone
–2 Channel Bass Preamp for 1 or 2 instruments
–Drag Control load correction
–On-board Bass Overdrive with gain level and
tone control
–3-Band EQ and and low frequency filter to
elimate resonance
–Tuner out
HotShot
–Switch between piezo and magnetic
pickups instantly
–Perfect for those that use electric and
acoustic on stage
–Drag control load correction for natural
electric tone
–Low cut filter to eliminate feedback
TONEBONE
BigShot
Two channel instrument switcher.
Bassbone
Loopbone
DISTRIBUTION UK
Effects Loop
SW4
TONEBONE
Mic/Line
Output
Guitar/Amp
1
Playback
Switching type
–3-band semi-parametric EQ with
variable mid-frequency
–Low frequency resonance filter to
eliminate feedback
–Variable Boost provides gain lift for solos
–Mute function with tuner out
Relay Xo
PZ-Select
156
Features
Channels
–Pre-amp for any acoustic instrument
–Notch & resonance filters to eliminate feedback
–Two input channels allow quick instrument
changes on stage
Studio & Stage Accessories – Switchers
Active DI and Pre-amp for Turntable.
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
160
160
160
160
157
–Designed to handle extreme dynamics common
digital keyboards
–Front and Rear panel connectivity
–15dB pad to attenuate input sensitivity on
each channel
J SERIES
Page
6-channel rackmount DI with Jensen
Transformers.
J33
Built-In Footswitch
J SERIES
Remote Control
JD6
Studio & Stage Accessories > Product Selector > Switchers
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Studio and Stage Accessories > Switchers
RADIAL
Balanced Remote AB Switcher.
–Route mic output to two different audio inputs
–Allows for artist to speak with musicians
and techs
–Balanced XLR input & two balanced
XLR outputs
–Remote control via footswitch
SW8
RADIAL
8 channel auto-switcher.
RADIAL
Guitar and Amp stage switcher.
–Six guitar inputs and two amplifier outputs
–Recessed ‘set & forget’ TRIM control
–¼” input & thru connection on each channel
VocoLoco
RADIAL
Foot-controlled effects loop switcher for
Voice or Instrument.
–Compatible with dynamic or
condenser microphones
–Turn on multiple effects using one footswitch
Gold Digger
RADIAL
4 Channel Microphone Selector.
–Trim adjusment on each channel
–4 XLR inputs & 1 XLR output for pre-amp
–Allows for quick microphone comparison
158
RADIAL
Four Channel Balanced Audio Switcher.
–Provide backup or switching flexibility
for live performance
–Ability to link channels for stereo or
quad switching
–Transformer isolated to eliminate noise
–Switch up to 4 sets of wireless systems
JX44
RADIAL
Guitar Signal Manager.
–Switch between two playback
systems automatically
–Transformer isolated DI output on
each channel
–25-pin D-sub or ¼” TRS connector inputs
– XLR and D-Sub outputs
–Balanced or unbalanced mic and
line level operation
JX62
SW4
DISTRIBUTION UK
RADIAL
Guitar effects router.
RADIAL
Passive studio monitor switcher with
headphone amp.
–Allows control of two sets of Studio
Monitors and Subwoofer
–Individual ‘set & forget’ controls to
fine tune levels
–Mono sum switch
Cherry Picker
Stage Mic Toggle.
HotShot ABO
HOT SHOT
BIG SHOT
RADIAL
4 Channel Studio Preamp Selector.
–Select the best Microphone and
Pre-Amp combination
–Passive and 100% discrete colour-free
signal path
–Built-in 48V phantom power for condenser mics
–Adjustable volume control
–Separate tuner output and mute switch plus
–Load compensation for long cables
Bigshot MIX
BIG SHOT
Blend original instrument sound with
effects pedals.
–180° polarity reverse switch for
phase alignment
–Class-A circuit retains natural tone
of instrument
–Send & return ¼” jacks
Headbone SS
HOT SHOT
–Select between two balanced XLR sources.
–Includes -15dB input pad selector on each input
–
Toggle or mute the source with a latching footswitch
BigShot ABY
BIG SHOT
True Bypass Amplifier Switcher.
–Redirect of a balanced signal to two
different destinations
–Selectable input pads to match signal levels
BigShot I/O
HotShot ABi
Balanced XLR selector.
–Redirects microphone signal to communicate
with Engineer
–Momentary switch requires foot action to engage
–Passive design - no power required
True Bypass Instrument Selector.
–Share pedalboard & effects between
two ampifiers
–Routes via the effects loop on each amplifier
–Connection via 1/4” Jack
MC-3
HOT SHOT
Line Output Selector.
–Control up to 4 Guitars and
6 amplifiers simultaneously
–Programmable with remote control
for pedalboard
–Built in Radial DI box, SGI line driver
and X-Amp
TwinLine
HotShot DM-1
TONEBONE
Guitar Amplifier Head Switcher.
–Switch between two amplifier heads using
one speaker cabinet
–SS model for two solid state amps
–Optional remote footswitch
–180° polarity reverse to phase-match amps
–On-board transformer to eliminate hum & buzz
Bigshot EFX
BIG SHOT
Effects Loop Switcher.
– Switch between two separate effects loops
–Take noisy pedals out of the signal chain
when not in use
–Create true-bypass signal path with all pedals
–Passive design - no power required
Headbone VT
TONEBONE
one speaker cabinet
– VT model for two valve/tube amps
–Optional remote footswitch
Headbone TS
TONEBONE
one speaker cabinet
–TS model one tube & one solid state amp
– Optional remote footswitch
159
Relay Xo
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Cabbone
Studio & Stage Accessories > Product Selector > Effects
TONEBONE
Guitar Cabinet Switcher - toggle between
two cabinets using one head.
–Switch between two speaker cabinets using one
guitar amplifier
–Time overlap safely performs switching
–Equipped with Slingshot™ remote controlled
switching input
–Available in 100w and 300w Models
Switchbone
TONEBONE
Studio & Stage Accessories – Effects
Amp Selector with 100% discrete class-A
signal path.
Suitable for studio & live touring, mainly suited for guitars and bass. All are made to the highest quality
standards using 14-gauge steel housing.
–Drag™ control pickup load correction
–Variable power booster & transformer
isolated output
Application
Loopbone
Features
TONEBONE
ToneBone
Page
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
TriMode
Plexitube
Classic
Hot British
Hollywood
Bones
Solid State
Tube
Chorus
Guitar Pedal
–Enables the guitarist to insert, remove and
combine pedals
–Class-A circuit & Drag™ control pickup
load correction
–Equipped with Slingshot™ remote controlled
switching input
– Adjustable power booster for soloing
Distortion
High-performance effects-loop switcher.
London
Texas Overdrive
Vienna Chorus
160
DISTRIBUTION UK
161
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Studio & Stage Accessories > Effects
TriMode
Studio & Stage Accessories > Product Selector > Splitters & Isolators
TONEBONE
Tube Distortion pedal.
Plexitube
TONEBONE
Studio & Stage Accessories – Splitters & Isolators
Two channel Tube Distortion Pedal.
– Incorporates 12AX7 tube for natural overdrive
–3 modes - Clean, rhythm & lead tones from
one pedal
–Channel 1 for rhythm with huge chunky rhythm
tones & scooped mids
–Channel-2 is razor-sharp cut for solos &
sustaining mids
Signal splitters are optimized for microphones, instruments and line level devices and configured in a variety
of formats for single or multi-channel use. These can often be passive devices or actively buffered devices that
are used to drive the signal when needed.
Isolators are used for professional touring, sound installation, broadcast and provide isolation between various
pieces of audio equipment such as consoles, amp racks, remote towers and recorders by eliminating hum and
buzz caused by ground loops.
Compact Dual-Mode Distortion Pedal.
–High gain circuit modeled after ‘Classic British’
half stack
– Dual mode for clean, rhythm & lead performance
– Standard 9 volt power supply operation
Radial
–Sound signature modeled on ‘American’
tube amps
– Dual mode for clean, rhythm & lead
TONEBONE
Compact Two Channel Overdrive Pedal.
– OCD and high gain settings
– Two channels let you toggle from rhythm to lead
162
DISTRIBUTION UK
BONES
Vienna Chorus
TONEBONE
Compact Dual Mode Analogue Chorus
Pedal.
– Two programs for quick choral changes
JD7
2 in, 7 out
JS2
1 in, 2 out
JS3
1 in, 3 out
J+4
2 in, 2 out
J-ISO
2 in, 2 out
OX8-R
8 In, 24 Out
OX8-J
8 In, 24 Out
CX8-R
8 In, 24 Out
CX8-J
8 In, 24 Out
LX8-J
Stage Pro Series
Bug
BONES
Texas Overdrive
Line Only
8 In, 24 Out
Pro-MS2
1 in, 2 out
Pro-ISO
2 in, 2 out
SB-6
2 in, 2 out
Page
Radial Transformer
Jensen Transformer
Channels
TONEBONE
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
165
165
165
163
Compact Solid-state Distortion Pedal.
BONES
London
Features
Active
TONEBONE
Application
–Sound signature modelled on ‘Classic British’
double-stack
– Contour and EQ controls
Passive
BONES
Hollywood
High Gain Tube Distortion Pedal.
Mic/Line
– Natural Overdrive Tone
– True bypass switching and powerful EQ
TONEBONE
Guitar/Amp
Single Channel Tube Distortion Pedal.
Hot British
Isolator
TONEBONE
Splitter
Classic
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Studio & Stage Accessories > Splitters & Isolators
Guitar signal splitter.
–Drive up to seven amplifiers or
effects simultaneously
–Jensen transformer isolation and ground
lift to eliminate hum
–Built-in Radial DI with multi-out
Reamping™ capabilities
–180º polarity reverse ensures all amps
play in phase
JS3
Passive Microphone Splitter.
–Equipped with two Jensen transformer
isolated outputs
– Balanced XLR input with selectable 30dB pad
– One direct output on XLR
– Ground lift to eliminate hum
J-ISO
Stereo line isolator.
–Convert a +4dB line level balanced signal to an
unbalanced -10dB consumer level device
–Jensen transformer isolated stereo input
on XLR connectors
–Output level control
–1/4” jack, RCA & 3.5mm stereo outputs
–Ground lift to eliminate hum
OX8-J
Rack-mount 8-channel mic splitter.
–Send microphone signal to three consoles
at the same time
–8 input channels on XLR, DB25 or
block connectors
–8-channels of Jensen transformer
isolated outputs
–8-channels of direct output with ground lift
– -36dB pad for line-level input signals
CX8-J
8-channel passive mic splitter with
Jensen transformers.
– D esigned for use in permanent installations
–8-channels of Jensen transformer
isolated outputs
–Solderless I/O connections on WAGO
spring terminals
– -36dB pad for line-level input signals
164
DISTRIBUTION UK
JS2
Passive Microphone Splitter.
–Jensen transformer-isolated output
–Balanced XLR input with selectable 30dB pad
– Two direct outputs on XLR
J+4
Balanced -10dB to +4dB Signal Driver.
–Boosts unbalanced low output level devices
to a balanced +4dB level
–Jensen transformer isolated stereo output
on XLR connectors
– Selectable High-Pass Filter
– 1/4” jack, RCA & 3.5mm stereo inputs
Pro-MS2
Pro-ISO
Microphone splitter.
Stereo line isolator.
–Routes a microphone signal to three
outputs simultaneously
–Balanced XLR input with selectable 30dB pad
– Two direct outputs on XLR
SB-6
–Convert a +4dB line level balanced signal to
an unbalanced -10dB consumer level device
–Transformer isolated stereo input
on XLR connectors
–Output level control
–1/4” jack, RCA & 3.5mm stereo outputs
–Ground lift to eliminate hum
STAGEBUG
2-channel passive audio isolator.
–Accommodates both balanced and
unbalanced signals
– 1/4” TRS input & output connectors
– -10dB pad to accept high-level sources
– Polarity reverse to phase align signals
OX8-R
Rack-mount 8-channel microphone
splitter.
–Split signal can be sent to up to three consoles
–8 input channels on XLR, DB25 or
block connectors
–8-channels of transformer isolated outputs
–-36dB pad for line-level input signals
CX8-R
8-channel passive mic splitter.
–Designed for use in permenant installations
–8-channels of transformer isolated outputs
–-36dB pad for line-level input signals
JD7
Studio & Stage Accessories > Splitters & Isolators
LX8-J
Rack-mount 8-channel line-level splitter.
– Allows a line-level signal to be sent to
up to three audio systems simultaneously
– 8 input channels on XLR, DB25
or block connectors
– 8-channels of Jensen transformer
isolated outputs
– 8-channels of direct output with ground lift
165
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Studio & Stage Accessories > Product Selector > Studio 500 Series
Studio & Stage Accessories > Studio 500 Series
Workhorse
Studio & Stage Accessories – Studio 500 Series
500 Series 8-slot power rack with
8 x 2 summing mixer.
Radial power racks deliver more current, are easier to use and give you more creative options than
ever before - plus they are compatible with your existing 500 series modules from other manufacturers.
Radial 500 series modules include pre-amps, re-ampers and compressors plus a whole host of innovative
and original modules.
–Compatible with all 500 Series modules
–Jensen transformer coupled main output
– Stereo monitor outputs
– Dual headphone output for monitoring
WH-Rack
500 Series 8-slot power rack without
summing mixer.
–100% compatible with older API type racks
–Upgrades to full Workhorse with optional mixer
Features
WH-Sum Mix
8 Slot
WH-Rack
8 Slot
Powerhouse
10 Slot
SixPack
6 Slot
Powerstrip
3 Slot
The Cube
3 Slot
WH-B1 Solo
Single
WH-B2 Duo
Dual
Powertube
Powerpre
Workhorse
JDV-Pre
PreMax
PreComp
Q3
Q4
Komit
PhazeCue
JDX-500
EXTC-500
Tank Driver
Tossover
Shuttle
X-Amp-500
SubMix
ChainDrive
166
DISTRIBUTION UK
500 Series 10-slot power rack.
–Individual XLR & ¼” TRS I/O on each slot
–Easy-Glide module alignment tray
Page
Blanking Panel
Routing
Effects
Dynamics
EQ
Preamp
WH-Sum Mix
Powerhouse
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
169
169
169
169
169
169
SixPack
500 Series Portable 6-slot power rack
with carry handle.
–Perfect for stereo channels or as a studio
side car
–Powerful 1600 milliamp supply will not sag
when loaded
The Cube
500 Series Desk-top 3-slot power rack.
–Compatible with Radial and older API systems
–Provides up to 500 milliamps of shared current
WH-B2 Duo
Dual space blanking panel for Workhorse
power racks.
Powerstrip
500 Series Single RU 3-slot power rack.
–Compatible with Radial and older API systems
–Provides up to 500 mA of shared current
WH-B1 Solo
Single space blanking panel for
Workhorse power racks.
Powertube
500 Series Class-A vacuum tube
microphone preamplifier.
–Adds the rich harmonics, warmth, and character
of a valve
– High voltage 12AX7 tube drive with 60dB of gain
–Jensen transformer isolated input
167
Workhorse
–Jensen transformer coupled main output
–Stereo monitor outputs
–Dual headphone output for monitoring
Summing Mixer
Workhorse Rack
Optional Summing Mixer for the WH-Rack.
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
500 Series High performance
–Hammond broadcast transformer output
–3-position Vox control for added air or punch
PreMax
500 Series Combination preamp and
3 band EQ
–High-pass filter eliminates excessive resonance
–Dedicated instrument input for direct recording
–180° polarity reverse switch
Q3
500 Series Coil EQ.
–Sound signature based on vintage
EQ characteristics
– 12 position Grayhill switch on each parameter
– Over 10,000 tonal variations possible
Komit
500 Series Compressor-Limiter.
–Old-school diode bridge clipping limiter
–100% discrete with Hammond
broadcast transformers
JDX-500
500 Series Guitar Amp DI.
–Captures the sound of the amplifier
head and cabinet
–Direct recording without the need to
mic cabinets
168
DISTRIBUTION UK
JDV-Pre
500 Series Class-A instrument and
–100% discrete class A preamplifer
–Drag Control™ load correction
–Variable low frequency cut
PreComp
500 Series Combination preamp
and compressor.
– Compatible with all 500 Series modules
–Fully adjustable VCA compressor
–Preamp delivers in excess of 60dB
adjustable gain
–Includes high pass filer and 48V phantom
power switch
Q4
500 Series four band semi-parametric EQ.
–100% discrete class-A state-variable filters
–High & low shelving at 10kHz and 100Hz
on all bands
–Two semi-parametric mid sections
Tank Driver
500 Series Spring Reverb.
–Spring Reverb
–Adjustable high end ‘shimmer’ and low
frequency ‘boom’
–Send and Receive control functionality
ChainDrive
500 Series 1x4 Line Level distribution
amplifier.
–Send audio signal to various processers, effects
or remote audio systems simultaneously
–Balanced or unbalanced operation
– Rear XLR input. Four ¼” TRS outputs
Shuttle
500 Series Insert Loop Connector.
–Facilitates connection of any module to
the Workhorse mix buss
–Two front panel insert loops
(one balanced & one unbalanced)
SubMix
500 Series 1x4 Line Mixer.
–Combine multiple audio stems & route
as required
–Perfect for combining line level devices
& effects together
Tossover
500 Series Variable Frequency Divider.
–Allows user to divide audio signal path
into two stems
–Variable frequency & amplitude controls
for each range
X-Amp-500
500 Series Reamper.
–Allows user to send a pre-recorded guitar
track back to amplifiers & effects
–100% discrete class-A electronics
–XLR balanced line level input & front
mounted ¼” jack outputs
PhazeCue
500 Series Phase Alignment tool.
–Phase align any two signals for natural tone
–Variable low-pass filter to focus fundamentals
Powerpre
EXTC-500
500 Series Guitar Effects Interface.
–Send and Receive control functionality
–Transformer isolated send eliminates
ground loops
–180º polarity reverse to keep effect in phase
169
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Studio & Stage Accessories > Product Selector > Computer Interface
Studio & Stage Accessories – Computer Interface
Units from Shure and Sound Devices enable you to record your favourite microphones directly into
your computer.
Signal Type
Connection Type
Shure
X2u
1
Mic
USB
Sound Devices
USBPre 2
2
Mic/Line
USB
X2u
XLR to USB converter.
170
170
USBPre 2
High-resolution portable hardware
interface for Mac and PC.
–2 discrete-transistor microphone preamps
with 24-bit converters
–Multiple balanced/unbalanced connectivity
– Connect any XLR microphone to a PC/Mac
–Integrated pre-amp with mic gain control
– Headphone monitoring. Phantom Power
–Class compliant operation - no drivers required
Page
Channels
Features
170
DISTRIBUTION UK
171
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Studio & Stage Accessories > Product Selector > Problem Solvers
Studio & Stage Accessories > Product Selector > Problem Solvers
Studio & Stage Accessories – Problem Solvers
Application
A95UF
A96F
X-Amp
JCR
Re-Amp Kit
EXTC-SA
SGI
SGI-44
Bigshot PB1
JR-1L
JR-1M
JR-2
JR-2 DT
JR-5
Phazer
Phazer Kit
Phazerbank
Space Heater
H-Amp
SB-7
SB-15
SB48
J-RAK4
J-RAK8
J-Clamp
P-Clamp
RMF-ADAPT
SixP19-RA
Cube FM
Cube AM
DISTRIBUTION UK
Page
Acoustic Tools
Mounting Options
+48V Injector
Remote
Booster
Interface
Reamping
Tone Generator
Phase Adjustment
Filter
Acoustic tools
Mounting Options
+48V Injector
Remote
Booster
Interface
Page
BigShot
177
177
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
179
179
179
Bigshot SW2
Dragster
Boneyard
Elevator
Recoil Stabiliser
VoxGuard
Voxguard DT
CrashGuard
TriPad
KickStand
KickPlate
ShowPad
ShowPad 2
IsoWedge
IsoPlane
SplashGuard
173
A95U
Transformer
A85F
Attenuator
A15TG
Tonebone
Shure
A15LA
A15PRS
Application
Primacoustic
A15HP
Radial
Reamping
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
A15AS
A15BT
172
Tone Generator
Phase Adjustment
Filter
Transformer
Attenuator
Studio & Stage Problem solvers for your every need. From Phazers & Re-Ampers, to Isolators for your
turntable and Recoil Stabilizers for your monitors.
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
A15AS
Switchable in-line attenuator.
–Reduces the level of any balanced microphone
or line level signal
– Choice of 15, 20 or 25dB attenuation
A15HP
In-Line High Pass Filter.
–Helps manage frequencies that cause
resonant feedback
– Attenuates all frequencies below 100Hz
A15PRS
Switchable Phase Reverser.
–Reverses the (phase) polarity of a
balanced audio signal
A85F
Low-to-high impedance matching
transformer.
–Connect a low-impedance microphone
high impedance input
– Matches balanced and unbalanced devices
A95UF
Reversible line-matching transformer.
–Matches low-or high-impedance mics to high
or low impedance inputs
– Female XLR to 1/4” male plug/female jack
174
DISTRIBUTION UK
Studio and Stage Accessories > Problem Solvers
A15BT
Bridging Transformer.
–Matches, bridges, or isolates devices of different
impedance or level
– Works with balanced or unbalanced devices
–Male XLR to female XLR
A15LA
Line Level Attenuator.
–Allows a line level output to be connected to
a microphone input
– Reduces the level of an audio signal by 50dB
A15TG
Tone Generator.
–Used to troubleshoot audio systems by
checking microphone lines
– Battery-powered 700Hz signal source
A95U
Reversible line-matching transformer.
–Matches low or high impedance mics to
high or low impedance inputs
– Male XLR to 1/4” male plug/female jack
A96F
Camcorder Interface.
– Connects XLR microphones to 3.5mm inputs
–Suitable for Camcorders and other consumer
recording devices
X-Amp
Active Reamper.
–Route a pre-recorded track back through guitar
amplifiers and pedals
– 100% discrete Class-A signal path
Re-Amp Kit
J48 DI box and X-Amp reamper as a
complete solution.
–J48 DI box to record basic track
– X-Amp provides re-amp routing options
–Housed in foam-filled protective case
SGI
High performance line driver.
–Allows an unbalanced guitar signal to
be sent as far as 100m
–Eliminate noise and interference from
long cable runs
–100% discrete Class-A with drag control
Bigshot PB1
Combination signal buffer and power
booster.
–Fully variable Class-A power booster for solo’s
–Buffer drives multiple pedals and long
cable runs
–Drag Control™ load correction
JR-1M
Momentary footswitch.
–Active (LED) or passive operation
–Active mode operational when used with
other Radial devices
–Choice of 1/4” Guitar or XLR outputs
JCR
Passive Reamper.
–Route a pre-recorded track back through
guitar amplifiers and pedals
– Passive design - no external power required
EXTC-SA
Balanced interface for Guitar Effects.
–Incorporate Guitar effects into audio
recording arsenal
–Utilise effects such as distortion, wah,
and flange
–100% discrete Class-A guitar buffering
–180º polarity reverse to keep effect in phase
SGI-44
Bi-directional effects router.
–Route output from a wireless guitar receiver
to the pedalboard and back
– 100% discrete Class-A circuitry
–XLR connectivity
JR-1L
Latching footswitch.
– Active (LED) or passive operation
–Active mode operational when used with
other Radial devices
–Choice of 1/4” Guitar or XLR outputs
JR-2
Dual function remote control.
–Used to A/B toggle between devices or
mute the system
–JR2 derives power from unit being controlled
–Connection via balanced 1/4” TRS or XLR Output
175
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
JR-2 DT
Desk-top dual function remote
control switch.
–Desktop version of the JR2
–Features two top-mounted activator switches
to control AB toggle and Mute functions
–Optional desk-top mount for permanent
installation
Phazer
Analogue phase alignment tool.
–Time align two signals for exceptional clarity
–Low Pass filter to ‘focus’ the effect of the Phazer
–
100% analogue for precise ‘non-stepped’ alignment
Phazerbank
4-channel phase alignment tool.
–Replicates features of a Phazer in a
four channel version
– 100% discrete analogue circuitry
–Housed in a 19” rack-mount chassis
H-Amp
Headphone Driver.
–Connect your headphones to any
loudspeaker or amplifier
–EQ and level control to shape sound
–Cost effective monitoring solution for
large orchestras
– Passive design - no external power required
SB-15
High performance signal buffer.
–Designed to drive multiple pedals without
added noise
– 100% discrete Class-A buffer
–Drag™ control load correction
176
DISTRIBUTION UK
JR-5
Foot switch remote for JX44.
–Multi-switch remote featuring 5 footswitches
– Can be used to control instruments or amplifiers
–May also be used to translate switch commands
from a MIDI controller to control JX44
Phazer Kit
JDX Amplifier DI box and Phazer
alignment tool kit.
J-RAK4
4 way rack adaptor.
–House four Radial standard format boxes in a
single rack space
–Horizontal mounting
8-channel Tube drive and summing mixer.
–Designed to add character and separation
to DAW based mixes
–12XA7 tube line amplifier to
‘fatten and warm’ sound
SB-7
Headphone Silencer.
–Turns off one side of headphones to stop noise
‘bleed’ into recording
–Level control enables artist to set ideal volume
SB48
Dual-channel 48V phantom power supply.
–Designed to power microphones and direct boxes
when phantom power source is unavailable
– Choice of 48V or 12V operation
8 way rack adaptor.
–House eight Radial standard format boxes in
two rack spaces
– Vertical mounting
J-Clamp
P-Clamp
RMF-ADAPT
SixP19-RA
Secure mounting clamp for a single
Radial standard format box.
– JDX captures the sound of the amplifier
–Phazer to time align the signal with a secondary
microphone feed
–Housed in foam-filled protective case
Space Heater
J-RAK8
Radial rack-mount adaptor kit.
–Houses 1 or 2 modules in a single
19” rack space
–Fits Firefly, Cherry Picker and other
similar Radial Modules
Cube FM
Flush mounted version of the Cube
Desktop Adaptor.
–Enables the Cube Power Rack to be
mounted into a desktop
Bigshot SW2
Two channel universal remote control.
–Allows a user to control any two amps or
effects with one pedal
–Latching or pulse output works with old
and new amps
–Link lets you control two devices with
one foot-stomp
–Switches other Radial Slingshot™
equipped devices
Secure mounting clamp for smaller
sized Radial boxes like the SGI, ProDI
and ProRMP.
SixPack rack adaptor.
–Mount the SixPack power rack into a
standard 19” rack or a desk-top
–Choice of angled or flat desktop
mounting position
Cube AM
Angled mounting version of the Cube
Desktop Adaptor.
–Enables the Cube Power Rack to be
mounted into a desktop
Dragster
TONEBONE
Load correction device.
–Adjusts the load on electric guitar pickup
for a more natural sound
–Replicates the sound of a guitar connected
directly to a tube amplifier
–Improves the sound of guitar wireless systems
177
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
TONEBONE
Professional guitar pedalboard.
–35” x 15” slanted surface
–Pre-drilled deck allows interconnect cables
to be hidden underneath
VoxGuard
A nearfield vocal screen designed to
reduce the ambient noise around a
microphone when recording.
Elevator
TONEBONE
Multi-level power booster and buffer.
–Delivers up to 18dB of ultra-clean power boost
– 100% discrete circuitry for signal purity
– Drag Control load protection for natural tone
Voxguard DT
Table-top version of the Voxguard.
–Ideal for voice overs
–Outer Dimensions (H x W x D): 12” x 14” x 7.5”
–Mounts to Mic stand (Not included)
–Outer Dimensions (H x W x D): 15” x 18” x 7.5”
CrashGuard
Sound-shielding acoustic guard.
–Isolates the drum microphone to attenuate
the sound of cymbals during recording
– Fits to Microphone Stand
KickStand
Microphone Boom Arm Isolator.
–Combines a large stabilising base with
an isolation pad to eliminate resonance
–High-density open cell acoustic foam
isolation pad
–Also ideal for recording Electric/Bass
guitar amplifiers
ShowPad
Apple iPad Mount.
–Apple iPad mount for Microphone Stand
178
DISTRIBUTION UK
IsoWedge
Wedge IsoPad, 6° Angle.
Improves the accuracy of studio monitors.
–Dimensions (H x W x D): 2” x 9” x 12.75”
IsoPlane
Planar IsoPad, Horizontal Fire.
Improves the accuracy of studio monitors.
–Dimensions (H x W x D): 1.5” x 9” x 12.75”
–Can be used to insulate turntables
SplashGuard
Sound-shielding acoustic guard.
–Designed to reduce spill between
instruments when recording
–Fits to microphone stand
TriPad
Tripod microphone stand isolator.
–Isolating feet that eliminate feedback
from on-stage resonance
–High density open-cell acoustic foam
modified for greater firmness
– Simple but highly effective solution
KickPlate
Isolation platform designed for
boundary microphones.
Boneyard
–Isolates the microphone from
on-stage resonance
–High-density open cell acoustic
foam isolation pad
ShowPad2
Apple iPad 2 Mount.
–Apple iPad 2 mount for Microphone Stand
179
NEXT PAGE
Audio Recorders > Category Overview
Audio Recorders> Product Selector > Sound Devices
AUDIO
RECORDERS.
Audio Recorders – Sound Devices
The Sound Devices 7-Series of Audio Recorders are the first choice for production sound mixers who value superb
audio quality, ease-of-use, and extreme durability. All units are compact and portable with the exception of the
new 970, which is rack-mountable, and is for demanding productions requiring high-track count audio.
All models in the range feature top quality Sound Devices microphone preamps.
2/2 AES3
744T
4/2
4/4 AES3
788T
8/4
788T-SSD
970
7 Series
8/6 AES3
WAV
CF
8/4
8/6 AES3
WAV
CF
8/8
64/64 Dante /
AES3 / MADI
WAV
Int. SSD
Battery Powered
CF
CF
CF
CF
SSD
Page
2/2
WAV / FLAC /
MP3
WAV / FLAC /
MP3
WAV / FLAC /
MP3
WAV / FLAC /
MP3
Internal HDD
722
Recording Media
2/2
Recording Format
Digital Inputs/Outputs
702T
2/2 AES3
Rackmount
2/2 AES3
Field
Mic/Line Inputs/Outputs
There are various solutions to suit your requirements and budgets, from compact field mixers
to professional rack mount audio recorders.
Features
2/2
702
970
Stand-alone audio recorders are employed in a wide range of applications, including singlecamera news broadcasting, documentary film and video making, reality television, film
production, sports broadcasting, multi-camera news magazine interviews, sound effects
capture (SFX) and live music recording.
Application
Timecode
In the world of professional video and film production, audio is rarely recorded by the camera and
its operator, as in amateur productions - instead, a portable audio recorder is more commonly
used, often incorporating a compact mixer and operated where possible by a second production
team member. Used properly, these will always give a higher-quality, more professional result
than soundtracks recorded by budget in-camera circuitry and storage.
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
AUDIO RECORDERS
AUDIO RECORDERS
Product Selectors
Sound Devices
181
Accessories183
180
DISTRIBUTION UK
181
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Audio Recorders > Sound Devices
7 SERIES
Compact, Portable Digital Audio Recorder
including two microphone preamps with
phantom, limiters, and high-pass filters.
–Records to removable Compact Flash cards
for convenient audio file storage
–FireWire port for high-speed computer access
to the Compact Flash card
–Accepts analogue line level or AES
digital signals
–Mic/Line Inputs/Outputs - 2/2
702T
7 SERIES
with Timecode. Includes two microphone
preamps with phantom, limiters, and
high-pass filters.
–Records to removable Compact Flash cards
for convenient audio file storage
–FLAC file recording and playback FireWire port
for high-speed computer access to the Compact
Flash card
digital signals
–Timecode
Accessories
7 Series
CL-8
CL-1
Mixing Control Surface for the 788T with rotary faders and push
buttons. Control of high-pass, limiter, polarity, and mute of each input.
CL-9
Linear Fader Controller/ Mixing Surface for 788T with linear faders &
rotary trim control for each input. Sweepable parametric EQ per input
with variable frequency, gain and filter Q.
Audio Cables
722
7 SERIES
with internal Hard Drive. Includes two
microphone preamps with phantom,
limiters, and high-pass filters.
–Records audio to its internal hard drive and
Compact Flash card simultaneously
–FireWire port for attaching external hard drive or
DVD-RAM drives for additional file storage
digital signals
– Internal HDD
788T
7 SERIES
Eight Input, Twelve-Track Recorder
with Timecode for high track count
applications. Six analogue and six digital
outputs on multiple connector types.
–Eight high bandwidth, ultra-low noise
microphone preamplifiers
–Inputs feature input limiters, input delay,
and selectable high-pass filters
digital signals
–Timecode
– Internal HDD
744T
7 SERIES
Ultra-portable, four-track digital
audio recorder with Timecode and
internal Hard Drive.
–Record audio to its internal hard drive, Compact
Flash card or external FireWire drive for flexibility
–Ultra-stable Ambient time code circuitry,
tuneable to <0.2 PPM accuracy
–MP3 and FLAC record and playback capability
digital signals
–Timecode
– Internal HDD
788T-SSD
7 SERIES
Eight Input, Twelve-Track Recorder with
Timecode and SSD hard drive for high
track count applications. Six analogue
and six digital outputs on multiple
connector types.
–Eight high bandwidth, ultra-low noise
microphone preamplifiers
–Inputs feature input limiters, input delay,
and selectable high-pass filters
digital signals
–Timecode
– Internal SSD
XL-1B
TA3-F to TA3-F cable. 442 and 302 mixer linking, also used to connect
42 direct outputs to 7 Series TA3 inputs; 12”.
XL-2
TA3-F to XLR-M cable; 15”, connects balanced TA3 outputs to balanced
XLR inputs; package of two cables.
XL-X2
TA3-F to Unisex XLR cable, 25-inch; connects balanced TA3 to Unisex
XLR (M or F) inputs.
XL-2F
XLR-F to TA3-F cable; 15”; connects balanced XLR outputs to
balanced TA3 inputs; package of two cables.
XL-4
TA3-F (type) connectors, bag of four.
XL-10
Hirose 10-pin to two-XLR (balanced L/R) and 3.5 mm plug
(442 Stereo Return A) breakout cable; includes in-line 20ft
extension cable for 442 mixer.
XL-14
3.5mm male right angle TRS to 1/4” female TRS jack for
headphone extension, 12”.
XL-TA35
TA3-F to TA5-F link cable for 442 / 302 Mix output to 552 Link I/O; 12”.
970
7 SERIES
AUDIO RECORDERS
Rack-mountable 64-track Dante and
MADI-equipped multi-track audio
recorder. Records 64 channels of
monophonic or polyphonic 24-bit, 48
kHz WAV files from any of its 144 input
connections.
–64 channel Ethernet-based Dante, 64 channel
MADI, eight channel, line level analogue, eight
channel AES digital
–Records to any of four attached drives
–Two front-panel drive bays and two rear-panel
e-SATA drives
–Timecode
Cases
Interface for connecting external keyboards to Sound Devices
7-Series audio recorders.
CL-2
Remote 30mm linear fader for the 788T Digital Recorders.
XL-DVDRAM
External FireWire Slim DVD RAM Drive with enclosure.
XL-LCD
Protective, clear Lexan LCD cover for 7 Series Digital Recorders.
XL-88
788T-specific breakout cable for the DE-15 Multi-pin connector.
CL-WiFi
Allows for remote iPhone, iPad, and iPod Touch functionality to 788T
and 788T-SSD Recorders (also requires App).
XL-K3
Fader-knob upgrade kit for CL-9.
Powering
XL-1394
Power conditioner for use when powering bus-powered external
data drives with the 7-Series.
XL-B2
Li-ion 7.2V, 4400 mAh battery for 7-Series audio recorders,
Sony L-compatible mount.
XL-H
4-pin Hirose connector for mating with DC power input of the
442, 302, MixPre, and 7-Series recorders.
XL-NPH
NP-type battery cup w/Hirose 4-pin DC power connector; 8 inch
cable segment; used with 442, 302, MixPre, 7-Series.
XL-WPH3
3.75A output, Hirose 4-pin DC plug. Suitable for 7 Series.
302, 442, MixPre.
CS-3
AUDIO RECORDERS
702
Audio Recorders > Accessories
Production case with high-quality strap for use with 302, 7-Series
recorders, and MixPre.
CS-5
Mixer, 788T Recorder, or 788T with CL-8 controller.
CS-W
Removable accessory case for the CS-4 Production Case.
CS-MAN
Padded carry case with handles, fits MM-1, MP-1, HX3, 302,
and 7-Series.
182
DISTRIBUTION UK
183
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Audio Recorders > Accessories
Timecode
Miscellaneous
XL-LL
XL-K7
LEMO-5 to LEMO-5 Timecode cable, 744T to Ambient Lockit, Slate,
or Masterlock, coiled cable, 30”.
XL-LX
Trim-knob for 702(T), 722, and 744.
XL-K788
8 Trim-knob kit for 788T.
XL-BNC
XL-LB2
XL-RJ
AUDIO RECORDERS
AUDIO RECORDERS
RJ-12 to RJ-12 for C. Link to C. Link 7-Series linking, 9”.
184
DISTRIBUTION UK
185
NEXT PAGE
Video Recorders > Category Overview
Video Recorders> Product Selector > Video Recorders
VIDEO
RECORDERS.
Video Recorders – Video Recorders
There are three Video Recorders in the Video Devices range - the portable camera-mounted 240i, and the
production led, rack-mountable 250i and 270i. All three models can be purchased as standalone units or with
an accompanying kit including case, power supply, batteries and more. Both the 250i and 270i video decks offer
significant advantages and time-savings to production workflows, providing tapeless, file-based recording and
playback with the ability to remotely control, setup, and transfer high-quality files over Ethernet.
Portable camera-mounted video
recorder with Timecode & 5” IPS
display. Records in Apple ProRes
& Avid DHxHD files to SSD or
CompactFlash cards.
VIDEO RECORDERS
DISTRIBUTION UK
SSD/
HDD/CF
2/2
16/16
SDI/HDMI/AES3
16
SSD
8/8
64/64 Dante
/MADI/SDI/HDMI/AES3
64
SSD
PIX 250i
Rack-mountable video recorder for
studio, live sports, event and mobile
production. 16 tracks of audio over
analogue, AES digital, embedded
audio over SDI and HDMI.
Page
File Storage
8
Camera Mount
Audio Tracks
4/8
AES3/HDMI/SDI
Battery Powered
Digital Audio I/O
2/2
187
187
187
PIX 270i
Network Connected, rackmountable Video Deck with
Multi-Unit Frame Sync,
plus 64 channel MADI,
and 64 channel Dante.
–Compatibility with a wide range
of cameras
–Input accepts 120 3G SDI (4:4:4 RGB
or YCbCr), HD-SDI, SDI
– Simultaneous HDMI & HD-SDI output
–Timecode generation
–Apple ProRes & Avid DNxHD recording to
two attached drives, simultaneously
– File transfer over Ethernet
– 12-bit 4:4:4, 3G-SDI I/O
–Multi-unit synchronization over
Ethernet for frame-accurate multicam
recording and playback
–PowerSafe™ circuitry provides
10-second power reserve and safe
file shutdown
–Recording on up to four
drives simulteneously
PIX 240i Kit
PIX 250i Kit
PIX 270i Kit
As above, plus:
case, power supply, batteries,
Caddy, Sun Hood, Mount,
HDMI/SDI interconnects.
186
ProRes &
DNxHD
ProRes &
DNxHD
ProRes &
DNxHD
As above, plus:
2 x PIX SSD-6 240GB SATA Drives
pre-mounted to 2 x PIX-Caddy2
drive mounting accessories and
XL-WPH3 power supply.
As above, plus:
2 x PIX SSD-6 240GB SATA Drives
pre-mounted to 2 x PIX-Caddy2
drive mounting accessories and
XL-WP4 power supply.
187
VIDEO RECORDERS
PIX 240i
Product Selectors
Video Recorders
187
Accessories188
HDMI/
3G-SDI
HDMI/
3G-SDI
HDMI/
3G-SDI
Audio I/O
PIX 270i
Codecs
PIX 250i
Features
Video I/O
PIX 240i
Pix
Video Devices products are manufactured by Sound Devices and include a range of portable
and rackmount video recorders for professional post and pre production applications.
Field
Connecting the production and post-production phases of programme making, file based video
decks deliver the performance, quality, and reliability required for fast paced content creation,
seamlessly replacing tape and disc based video decks and providing a cost effective and
compact alternative to complex video servers.
Rackmount
Application
Timecode
Video recorders are used in a wide range of applications, including multi-camera studio
production, live sport events and concerts, multi-channel video playback applications and
mobile production.
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Video Recorders > Accessories
Accessories
Powering
Pix-Rack
XL-H
Rack-Mount kit for PIX Rack-Mount Video Recorders and
970 Audio Recorders. Accommodates up to two PIX 250i,
PIX 270i, and 970 Recorders.
Includes a blank panel for mounting a single unit. 2 RU height.
4-pin Hirose connector for mating with DC power input of the 442,
302, MixPre, and 7-Series recorders.
XL-WPH3
Pix-Arm
AC to DC Power Supply (in-Line) 100-240V 50/60Hz input,
12 VDC 3.75A output, Hirose 4-pin DC plug. Suitable for 7 Series.
302, 442, MixPre.
Pix-Hood
Timecode
PIX-CADDY2
XL-LL
2.5” SSD drive caddy for PIX HD Video Recorders; FW 800, USB 3.0
and eSATAp connections for data transfer.
LEMO-5 to LEMO-5 Timecode cable, 744T to Ambient Lockit, Slate,
or Masterlock, coiled cable, 30”.
PIXCADDY CF
XL-LX
CompactFlash Caddy interface for PIX 260i.
PIX-HOOD
XL-BNC
Articulating arm for mounting PIX 240i Portable Video Recorders
to camera.
Magnetic sun shield for the PIX 240i.
Sun shield for PIX 220/i and PIX 240/i; magnetic connection;
5.75” L x 4.25” H x 2.75” D (14.6 x 10.8 x 7.0 cm).
PIX-DOCK
XL-LB2
Connects drives mounted in PIX-CADDY 2 to computers equipped
with a Thunderbolt™ port.
PIX-MOUNT
Hardware insert that allows three additional 1/4-20 mounting
locations for PIX 240i.
PIX-SHIM
Shim for use with Samsung 830 Series SSD. Increases SSD thickness
from 7 mm to 9 mm.
PIX-SSD4
256GB SSD for use with PIX HD Recorders. Includes a shim to
increase SSD thickness from 7 mm to 9 mm making it compatible
with PIX HD Video Recorders.
PIX-LCD
Clear Polycarbonate LCD cover for PIX HD Portable Video Recorders.
PIX-DRIVE BAY
Rack-mount dual PIX-CADDY drive bay for the PIX 260i Production
Video Recorder.
VIDEO RECORDERS
VIDEO RECORDERS
PIX-HC1A
Waterproof, ultra high-strength polypropylene copolymer resin carry
case with custom cut foam insert space for PIX 240i.
XL-CAM
Camera Mounting Bracket for MixPre D.
188
DISTRIBUTION UK
189
NEXT PAGE
Acoustics > Category Overview
Acoustics > Product Selector > Studio
Acoustics – Studio
ACOUSTICS.
A range of panels to suit all types of acoustic requirements. For a full studio solution look no further
than the extremely popular London Room Kits which include wall panels, bass traps, diffusion and
hardware in one box. Premium Broadway panels are available separately in fabric covered high
density glass wool for maximum absorption.
London 8
Room Kits
There are many forms of affordable acoustic treatment from Primacoustic. From acoustically
absorbent and diffusive wall treatment panels to bass traps and isolation tools.
London 10
London 12
London 16
Diffusion
Bass Traps
Broadway Wall Panels
Product Selectors
Studio191
Commercial196
Accessories200
Ceiling
Panel
Portable
Isolation
Flexibooth
up to
100 sq ft
up to
120 sq ft
up to
150 sq ft
up to
200 sq ft
24
Black / Beige /
Grey
44
Black / Beige /
Grey
60
Black / Beige /
Grey
120
Black / Beige /
Grey
F10- 1212
12" x 12"
1"
24
24
Black / Beige /
Grey
F10- 2424
24" x 24"
2"
12
48
Black / Beige /
Grey
F10- 1248
12" x 48"
12 (8 for 3"
version)
48 (32 for
3" version)
Black / Beige /
Grey
F10- 2448
24" x 48"
1" / 2"/
3"
1" / 2"/
3"
6 (4 for 3"
version)
48 (32 for
3" version)
Black / Beige /
Grey
Cathedral Arc F122 2415
24" x 24"
2"
2
6
Black / Beige /
Grey
FullTrap Z840 1100
24" x 48"
8"
1
8
Black / Beige /
Grey
MaxTrap Z840 1100
24" x 48"
19"
1
8
Black / Beige /
Grey
Cumulus Z840 1210
24" x 24"
2"
2
4
Black / Beige /
Grey
Razorblade Z840 2400
24" x 48"
8"
1
8
Black
Flexifuser Z840 1135 08
24" x 48"
8"
1
8
Black
Radiator Z840 2500 00
24" x 24"
3"
1
4
Natural
Wood Finish
Stratus Cloud Z840 1200
24" x 48"
2"
1
8
Black / Beige /
Grey
Go Trap Z840 1120
24" x 36"
10"
1
6
Black / Beige /
Grey
Z840 1300
24" x 48"
4"
1
16
Beige / Grey
Recoil Stabiliser
Quarter
Circle
Triangular
Page
Shape
Colour
Bevelled Edge Option
Sq. ft Area per box
Depth
Panel Size (WxH)
Room Size
Features
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
194
194
195
ACOUSTICS
ACOUSTICS
Acoustic
Tools
Isolator
Absorber
The same applies to any venue where the delivery of clear sound is important. The room
acoustics must be controlled to ensure natural sound and optimum speech intelligibility.
Diffuser
Application
No. in Box
In the world of audio production, sonic quality is the main factor that separates an amateur
from a professional. For example: productions recorded and mixed in rooms with poor acoustics
always have an uneven, inconsistent quality, no matter how good the studio’s equipment may
be. If the room has a discernible sound of its own, this will colour everything produced there.
190
DISTRIBUTION UK
191
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Acoustics > Studio
Acoustics > Studio
Room Kits
Bass Traps
London 8
A range of panels for a full
acoustics solution for studios of up
to 100 sq. ft. Includes easy-mount
hardware and screws.
London 10
–Contains 4 x Control Columns, and
8 x Scatter Blocks
– Available in Black, Beige, or Grey
–Contains 8 x Control Columns, and
12 x Scatter Blocks
London 12
FullTrap Z840 1100
High performance wall mount bass
trap with suspended diaphragm to
absorb bass below 50Hz.
–Made from high-density glass wool fibre
for maximum absorption
–Measures 24” x 48” x 8”
–Contains 2 x Broadway Panels,
8 x Control Columns, and
12 x Scatter Blocks
MaxTrap Z840 1100
Combination full range absorber
and diaphragmatic resonator
designed to control all frequencies
right down to the deepest bass.
Cumulus Z840 1210
Triangular broadband acoustic
corner trap designed to absorb
energy from 125Hz and up.
– Each side measures 24” with 2” depth
–Invisible mounting via spring-tensioned
clasps and a single eye-screw
Diffusers
London 16
acoustics solution for studios
or theatres of up to 200 sq. ft.
Includes easy-mount hardware
and screws.
Quadratic residue diffuser featuring
17 deep 8” wells to diffuse energy
down to 400Hz. Eliminates standing
waves and flutter echo. Retains
natural ambiance.
–Contains 6 x Broadway Panels,
12 x Control Columns, and
24 x Scatter Blocks
–Includes keyhole mounting holes, eye
hooks and wire
Combination variable slat diffuser
and absorber, allowing you to adjust
diffusion angles to suit. Eliminates
flutter echo and standing waves.
Open grid multipurpose diffuser for
walls and ceilings. Breaks up and
distributes high frequency energy.
Creates a sense of air and space
in any room.
–Most effective frequency range - 565Hz
to 2.2kHz
– Available in natural wood finish
Wall Panels
Scatter Blocks - high density
absorptive panels made of glass
wool. Used to control flutter echo
and reverberant field.
F10- 2424
Control Squares - high density
– Easy to install on almost any surface
–24 units in box
–Measures 12” x 12” with a choice
of 1” or 2” depth
F10- 2448
Extra large Broadway Control
Columns made from high
performance 6lb glass wool for
controlling primary reflections.
–Easy to install on almost any surface
–12 units in box
Broadway Control Columns
made from high performance
6lb glass wool for controlling
primary reflections.
–Super high density for balanced
absorption throughout the audio
listening range
–12 units in box
of 1”, 2” or 3” depth
Ceiling Panel
Broadband Ceiling Cloud for
suspension over console or
listening position. Easy to
assemble unit to eliminate
floor to ceiling reflections.
– Suspension hardware included
Accent F122 2415
High performance fibreglass panels
with architecturally sympathetic
designs. Can be combined with
Broadway panels.
ACOUSTICS
listening range
–1” depth box of 6, or 2”/3” boxes
of 4 (square edge) or boxes of
6 (bevelled edge)
–Available in Black, Beige, or Grey
–Measures 24” x 48”
192
F10- 1248
–24” (straight edges x 2), 2” bevelled
edge panels
–2 models - Ark is a quarter-circle, Apex
is a right-angle triangle
–Available in Black, Beige, or Grey
DISTRIBUTION UK
ACOUSTICS
F10- 1212
193
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Acoustics > Studio
Acoustics > Studio
Portable Isolation
Acoustic Tools
Go Trap Z840 1120
Recoil Stabiliser
Stackable Studio Gobo and Bass
Trap to reduce spill between
instruments. Baltic birch
construction with dove-tail joints.
A near-field monitor platform that
eliminates disruptive resonant
coupling from the loudspeaker
to the stand.
RX5-HF
Recoil Stabiliser. Horizontal fire.
–Dimensions (H x W x D):
1.9” x 7.5” x 9.5”
– Load Limit: 10.4kg
RX5-DF
Recoil Stabiliser. 5° down-fire.
2.75”/1.9” x 7.5” x 9.5”
– Load Limit: 10.4kg
– Available in Black, Beige or Grey
Vocal Booth
RX7-HF
Z840 1300
2.63” x 10.5” x 13”
– Load Limit: 20kg
Wall-mounted Vocal Booth/acoustic
cupboard that opens up to surround
the vocalist and create a dry
‘voice-over’ zone - effectively
attenuates room ambiance.
RX7-DF
3.4” \ 2.63” x 7.5” x 9.5
RX7-UF
Recoil Stabiliser. 10° up-fire.
1”/3.4” x 10.5” x 13”
– Available in Beige or Grey
RX9-HF
2.63” x 15” x 11”
RX12-DF
3.13” \ 2.13” x 15” x 11”
RX17-HF
2.63” x 17” x 17”
RX12-HF
2.63” x 20” x 13”
RX20-HF
2.63” x 20” x 22”
ACOUSTICS
ACOUSTICS
3.4” \ 2.25” x 20” x 13”
RX9-DF
194
DISTRIBUTION UK
195
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Acoustics > Product Selector > Commercial
Acoustics > Commercial
Room Panels
Acoustics – Commercial
F10- 1212
When designing commercial spaces frequently only the function is considered and not the effect of the
architecture on the acoustics. Poor acoustics can affect everything from intelligibility to room ambeince
and personal comfort. Primacoustic products for Commercial use include lanterns, diffusion, ceiling
treatment and panels for schools, churches, bars and offices.
2"
12
48
Black / Beige /
Grey
F10- 1248
12" x 48"
12 (8 for 3"
version)
48 (32 for
3" version)
Black / Beige /
Grey
F10- 2448
24" x 48"
1" / 2"/
3"
1" / 2"/
3"
6 (4 for 3"
version)
48 (32 for
3" version)
Black / Beige /
Grey
Cathedral Arc F122 2415
24" x 24"
2"
2
6
Black / Beige /
Grey
P1-- 2424 09
24" x 24"
2"
6
24
Paintable
Quarter
Circle
P1-- 1248 09
12" x 48"
2"
6
24
Paintable
P1-- 2448 09
24" x 48"
1" / 2"
6/3
48
Paintable
24" x 48"
8"
1
8
Black
24" x 48"
8"
1
8
Black
24" x 24"
3"
1
4
Black
24" x 48"
2"
1
8
Black / Beige /
Grey
Thunder Tile P20- 2424 00
24" x 24"
1”
8
32
White
24" x 48"
1"
4
32
White
Strato Tile P21- 2424 00
24" x 24"
0.75"
12
48
White
24" x 48"
0.75"
6
48
White
19
Black / Beige /
Grey
Hexagonal
24
Black / Beige /
Grey
Square
Triangular
Circular
The Shoji P220 0105
24"
24"
9"
8"
4
4
Control Squares - high density
–12 units in box
24"
10"
4
22
The Fiesta P220 0115
24"
8"
4
17
Black / Beige /
Grey
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
199
199
199
199
listening range
–1” depth box of 6, or 2”/3” boxes
of 4 (square edge) or boxes of
6 (bevelled edge)
P122 1248 09
Paintable Panels. Balanced
absorption for natural sound.
Can be painted any colour
without affecting performance.
–Contains 6 in a box, and measures
12” x 48” x 2”
–Available with bevelled edge only
Accent F122 2415
High performance fibreglass panels
with architecturally attractive
designs. Can be combined with
Broadway panels.
–24” (straight edges x 2), 2” bevelled
edge panels
–2 models - Ark is a quarter-circle,
Apex is a right-angle triangle
–Available in Black, Beige or Grey
F10- 1248
Broadway Control Columns made
from high performance 6lb glass
wool for controlling primary
reflections.
listening range
–12 units in box
of 1”, 2” or 3” depth
P1-- 2424 09
Paintable Panels. Balanced
absorption for natural sound.
Can be painted any colour
–Contains 6 in a box, and measures
24” x 24” x 2”
–Available with square or bevelled edge
–P102 - square
–P122 - bevelled
P1-- 2448 09
Extra Large Paintable Panels.
Balanced absorption for natural
sound. Can be painted any colour
–Measures 24” x 48” with a choice of
1” (6 in a box) or 2” (3 in a box) depth
–Available with square or bevelled edge
–P102 2448 09 - square (1”/2”)
–P122 2448 09 - bevelled (2”)
ACOUSTICS
ACOUSTICS
The Tiki P220 0110
Black / Beige /
Grey
Extra large Broadway Control
Columns made from high
performance 6lb glass wool for
controlling primary reflections.
Page
F10- 2424
24" x 24"
Shape
Sq. ft Area per box
Black / Beige /
Grey
Colour
No. in Box
24
Diffusion
Broadway Room Panels
Bevelled Edge Option
Depth
24
Diffuser
1"
Absorber
12" x 12"
Lanterns
Ceiling Treatments
F10- 2448
F10- 1212
The Dragon P220 0100
–24 units in box
F10- 2424
Features
Panel Size (W x H)
Application
Scatter Blocks - high density
196
DISTRIBUTION UK
197
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Diffusion
Ceiling Lanterns
Quadratic residue diffuser featuring
17 deep 8” wells to diffuse energy
down to 400Hz. Eliminates standing
waves and flutter echo. Retains
natural ambiance.
High performance wall mount bass
trap with suspended diaphragm to
absorb bass below 50Hz.
–Includes keyhole mounting holes, eye
hooks and wire
–Available in Black
Open Grid Multipurpose Diffuser for
walls and ceilings. Breaks up and
distributes high frequency energy.
Creates a sense of air and space in
any room.
The Dragon P220 0100
Hexagonal Lantern to suspend
and cluster in high ceiling areas
for maximum absorption.
– Contains 4 per box
– Measures 24” x 8”
The Shoji P220 0105
Rectangular Lantern to suspend
– Contains 4 per box
The Tiki P220 0110
Triangular Lantern to suspend
–Contains 4 per box
–Most effective frequency range - 565Hz
to 2.2kHz
– Measures 24” x 24” x 3”
– Available in natural wood finish
The Fiesta P220 0115
Broadband Ceiling Cloud for
suspension over console or
listening position. Easy to assemble
unit to eliminate floor to ceiling
reflections.
Cylindrical Lantern to suspend
– Suspension hardware included
Ceiling Panels
Acoustic T-bar ceiling tile
that combines the absorption
characteristics of high density
glass wool with the sound-blocking
attributes of gypsum board.
Acoustic T-bar ceiling tile
that combines the absorption
characteristics of high density
glass wool with the sound-blocking
attributes of gypsum board.
Absorbent acoustic ceiling tile
featuring high density 6lb glass
wool to reducing room echo.
Retrofits into all standard T-bar
ceilings.
–Coverage of 4 sq. foot per tile /
32 sq. ft. per box
32 sq. ft. per box
– Measures 24” x 24” x 0.75”
48 sq. ft. per box
Extra Large absorbent acoustic
ceiling tile featuring high density
6lb glass wool to reducing room
echo. Retrofits into all standard
T-bar ceilings.
198
ACOUSTICS
ACOUSTICS
– Measures 48” x 24” x 0.75”
48 sq. ft. per box
DISTRIBUTION UK
199
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Acoustics > Accessories
Accessories
F101-1000-00
Surface Impaler.
Mounting hardware for Broadway Panels.
F101-1003-00
Push-On Impaler.
Allows installer to push the Broadway Panel straight onto Impaler
clip making it easier to align panels in clusters.
F101-1002-00
Off-Set Impaler.
Introduces a 3.5” air space behind any Broadway Panel.
F101-1001-00
Corner Impaler.
Mounting hardware to allow Broadway Panels to be converted
into bass traps.
F101-1007-00
ACOUSTICS
ACOUSTICS
Cloud Anchor.
Allows for overhead suspension of Broadway Panels by
tie-wire or chain.
200
DISTRIBUTION UK
201
NEXT PAGE
WORK Lifters > Category Overview
WORK Lifters > Product Selector
WORK
LIFTERS.
WORK Lifters
From small-scale collapsible stands designed to mount individual lights and speakers at head height
to telescopic lifters for flying line array systems and theatrical lighting rigs, and with a full range of
adaptors, support bars, winches and other essential accessories, WORK Lifters has the whole rigging
market covered.
DISTRIBUTION UK
Max. Height (cm / ft)
Unfolded Diameter (cm / ft)
Lifter Weight (kg / lbs)
100 / 220.4
193 / 6.33
350 / 11.4
178 / 5.84
24.4 / 53.79
25 / 55.1
100 / 220.4
159 / 5.22
405 / 13.2
188 / 6.17
28.8 / 63.49
25 / 55.1
100 / 220.4
190 / 6.23
500 / 16.4
206 / 6.76
32.8 / 72.31
25 / 55.1
150 / 330.6
172 / 5.64
530 / 17.3
206 / 6.76
43.4 / 95.68
25 / 55.1
210 / 462.9
172 / 5.64
530 / 17.3
206 / 6.76
73.2 / 161.38
25 / 55.1
220 / 485
173 / 5.68
530 / 17.3
252 / 8.27
86.4 / 190.48
25 / 55.1
220 / 485
180 / 5.91
650 / 21.3
252 / 8.27
93.4 / 205.91
25 / 55.1
290 / 639.3
184 / 6.04
660 / 21.6
258 / 8.46
136.8 / 301.59
25 / 55.1
100 / 220.4
129 / 4.23
330 / 10.8
164 / 5.38
21 / 46.30
30 / 66.14
170 / 374.79
190 / 6.23
500 / 16.4
253 / 8.3
89 / 196.21
30 / 66.14
150 / 330.69
190 / 6.23
650 / 21.3
253 / 8.3
97.5 / 214.95
30 / 66.14
250 / 551.16
191 / 6.27
635 / 20.8
260 / 8.53
146.2 / 322.32
30 / 66.14
370 / 815.71
198 / 6.5
672 / 22.05
275 / 9.02
225 / 496.04
30 / 66.14
220 / 485.02
191 / 6.27
783 / 25.69
260 / 8.53
162 / 357.15
30 / 66.14
320 / 705.48
198 / 6.5
830 / 27.23
275 / 9.02
243 / 535.72
30 / 66.14
200 / 440.92
157 / 5.15
500 / 16.4
253 / 8.3
70 / 154.32
30 / 66.14
270 / 595.25
196 / 6.43
603 / 19.78
262 / 8.6
152 / 335.1
30 / 66.14
400 / 881.85
166 / 5.45
520 / 17.06
263 / 8.63
191 / 421.08
30 / 66.14
350 / 771.62
196 / 6.43
650 / 21.33
320 / 10.5
245 / 540.13
30 / 66.14
500 / 1102.31
200 / 6.56
650 / 21.33
320 / 10.5
247 / 544.4
N/A
60 / 132
110 / 3.61
170 / 5.58
140 / 4.6
7.3 / 16.09
N/A
100 / 220.4
126 / 4.13
162 / 5.31
140 / 4.6
9 / 19.84
25 / 55.12
70 / 154.32
117 / 3.84
280 / 9.19
187 / 6.14
9.5 / 20.94
25 / 55.12
100 / 220.4
158 / 5.18
300 / 9.84
164 / 5.38
13 / 28.66
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
206
206
206
206
203
WORK LIFTERS
Min. Height (cm / ft)
25 / 55.1
Page
Max. Load (kg / lbs)
Truss
Features
Min. Load (kg / lbs)
Lighting Stands
WORK LIFTERS
202
Pole Mount Loudspeakers
Line Array
Telescopic Lifters
203
Product Selectors
WORK Lifters
LW 135R
LW 142R
LW 150R
LW 155R
LW 185R
LW 255R
LW 265R
LW 290R
LW 330
LW 415R
LW 425R
LW 461R
LW 465R
LW 476R
LW 480R
WT 150
WT 500
WT 550
WT 600
WT 700
LW 10
LW 20
LW 127
LW 130
Lighting
Application
WORK Lifters, from Spanish manufacturer Equipson, have been designing and making lifting
equipment and towers for the AV and lighting industry for over 15 years. 100% designed and
manufactured in Spain, WORK Lifters conform to the stringent German BGV C1 certification,
which refers to the DIN standards 56925 & DIN56950, regulating the design and manufacture
of lifting equipment to ensure safe suspension of loads within the theatrical and entertainment
industries. Steel cables also confirming to DIN standards, steel pulleys, automatic brake
winches and auto-locking bolts are just some of the features built in to WORK Lifters, ensuring
you lift loads safely and securely.
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
WORK Lifters > WORK Lifters
Telescopic Lifters
LW 135R
LW 142R
LW 150R
LW 415R
LW 425R
LW 461R
Telescopic lifter composed of two
extendable steel profiles capable
of lifting a maximum of 100kg to a
height of 3.5m.
Telescopic lifter composed of three
height of 4m.
height of 5m.
Designed to lift loads of up to 170kg
to a maximum height of 5m.
to a maximum height of 6.5m.
–Automatic brake winch designed
according to 2006/43 EG, EN 13157
and EN 12100 norms
–Two wheels at the base of the lifter and
handle for easy transport
and EN 12100 norms
and EN 12100 norms
and EN 12100 norms
–Dual reinforcing bars help to withstand
the weight of the load during operation
and EN 12100 norms
and EN 12100 norms
LW 155R
LW 185R
LW 255R
LW 465R
LW 476R
LW 480R
Telescopic lifter composed of four
height of 5.3m.
height of 5.3m.
height of 5.3m.
and EN 12100 norms
–Four wheels at the base of the lifter for
easy transport
–Available in silver or black
and EN 12100 norms
and EN 12100 norms
easy transport
and EN 12100 norms
and EN 12100 norms
and EN 12100 norms
LW 290R
LW 330
WT 150
WT 500
WT 550
Telescopic lifter composed of five
height of 6.5m.
Telescopic lifter composed of five
height of 6.6m.
extenda§ble steel profiles capable
height of 3.3m.
and EN 12100 norms
easy transport
and EN 12100 norms
easy transport
and EN 12100 norms
and EN 12100 norms
and EN 12100 norms
WORK LIFTERS
204
DISTRIBUTION UK
and EN 12100 norms
–Adjustable legs to ensure correct
balance on irregular floors
WT 600
WT 700
and EN 12100 norms
and EN 12100 norms
WORK LIFTERS
LW 265R
205
OVERVIEW
NEXT PAGE
Lighting Stands
LW 10
LW 20
LW 127
Designed for follow spots, featuring
foldable legs and an extendable
mast rising to a maximum of 1.7m.
Designed for follow spots, featuring
foldable legs and an extendable
mast rising to a maximum of 1.62m.
Foldable and extendable lighting
stand with automatic brake winch.
–Includes CP1 mounting adaptor
–Made of steel
–Includes CP2 mounting adaptor
LW 130
Foldable and extendable lighting
stand with automatic brake winch.
WORK LIFTERS
WORK LIFTERS
– Made of steel
206
DISTRIBUTION UK
207
NEXT PAGE
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
Term
Definition
AES-256 Encryption
The AES-256 Advanced Encryption Standard is a license-free algorithm for hard
and software implementation. It codes audio data block length of 128-bits with
an encryption key of 256-bit length. A new, unique, random key is generated
every time encryption is enabled. Shure digital wireless systems implement
AES-256 within the transmitter to ensure an entirely secure transmission.
High Density Mode
CommShield
CommShield® Technology is a combination of techniques designed to improve
the RF immunity of Shure Microflex and Centraverse microphones. The intense
radio frequency energy emitted from mobile devices can introduce audible
interference into nearby audio devices. Multilayer circuit boards for microphone
preamplifiers, improved grounding techniques, tighter enclosures for improved
shielding, as well as improved microphone cable and audio connectors are all
production methods Shure have implemented to guarantee almost complete
immunity from RF interference.
High Density Mode creates additional bandwidth for more channels in crowded
RF environments. Frequency efficiency is optimized by running at 1 mW RF
transmit power and narrowing the modulation bandwidth, allowing for the
channel spacing to be reduced from 350 kHz to 125 kHz. Transmitters can be
positioned on adjacent channels with unsubstantial intermodulation distortion
(IMD). High Density mode is ideal for applications where many channels are
needed in a confined area, transmission distances are short, and the number
of available frequencies is limited. Up to 30 meters of range is available in
High Density mode.
Intellimix
Intellimix Technology is a combination of four different processes to deliver the
clearest possible audio when using multiple microphones.
The four different processes are:
NAT - Noise Adaptive Threshold continuously adjusts the gate threshold for
opening a channel.
NOMA - Number of Open Microphones determines the ideal gain attenuation for
a mix output as additional microphone channels are opened.
LMLO – Last Mic Lock On keeps the most recently activated microphone open.
MaxBus – Ensures that only one channel is open per sound source, reducing
comb filtering for clearer speech.
Interference Detection & Avoidance
Interference Detection and Avoidance technology provides alerts when RF
interference or signal degradation occurs and enables engineers to move to a
clean, compatible frequency. Engineers can choose to respond to an alert by
either manually selecting a new frequency, or, when used in conjunction with
the Axient Spectrum Manager, the system can be configured to automatically
deploy new frequencies from a list of compatible back-up frequencies that are
constantly monitored and ranked. This allows the system to move to a clear
and compatible frequency within milliseconds, making even major interference
issues nearly undetectable.
Intrinsic Correction
Intrinsic Correction is designed to produce flat acoustical amplitude, frequency
and phase response by compensating for physical phenomena such as the
effects of waveguide acoustical impedance and loudspeaker cone resonance.
The result is excellent power response and extremely, natural uncoloured sound
across the loudspeakers frequency band and coverage area.
An array of loudspeakers with Intrinsic Correction will be very responsive to
user-applied equalisation.
LinkFreq
LINKFREQ Automatic Frequency Management analyses the RF spectrum,
determines the best available frequencies, and automatically deploys frequencies
to the transmitter and receiver. Additionally, in the presence of RF interference,
the receiver and transmitter will seamlessly move together to clean frequencies
with no audio signal interruption.
DECT
Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications or DECT is a wireless
transmission standard developed by the European Telecommunications
Standards Institute. Devices operating within the DECT spectrum are free from
any licensing requirements.
Digital Audio Networking
Digital Audio networking is the use of Ethernet networking technologies to
distribute digital audio in real-time. Networked audio distribution technologies
can be categorised based on where they insert themselves in the OSI network
reference model. Layer-2 protocols encapsulate audio data in Ethernet packets
for transportation within a single network only. Layer-2 devices are unable to
span multiple networks without using Layer-3 services. The most common
Layer-2 digital audio networks are CobraNet and AVB. Layer-3 protocols also
encapsulate the audio data in packets but this takes place on the Network Layer
of the OSI model. Layer-3 protocols are able to span multiple networks allowing
users to create large-scale audio networks. Dante from Audinate and Q-LAN
from QSC are both examples of Layer-3 protocols.
DMT
Directivity Matched Transition matches the coverage angle of the high-frequency
compression driver and the low-frequency woofer at the crossover frequency.
This results in a more uniform frequency response across the entire audience area.
FAST
Flexible Amplifier Summing Technology allows a user to distribute the total
amplifier power across one, two, three or all four channels. This technology
allows a user to tailor the amplifier power output to suit their requirements
and drive 8Ω, 4Ω, 2Ω or even 1Ω loads.
Frequency Diversity
208
Frequency Diversity enables audio transmission from a single source on two
independent radio frequencies. With two frequencies transmitting the same
audio, the presence of direct RF interference on one frequency causes zero
interruption. Instead of producing annoying dropouts or audio artifacts,
the receiver seamlessly and automatically switches to the other frequency,
delivering clean, uninterrupted audio.
DISTRIBUTION UK
209
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
NEXT PAGE
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
Term
Definition
Prethos
Prethos™ Advanced Preamplifier Technology. A milestone achievement in
sound reinforcement, Prethos technology employs transparent internal
circuitry architectures that enable unprecedented audio quality and
performance. Prethos™ Advanced Preamplifier Technology is comprised
of three core attributes:
Wireless Workbench 6
Shure Wireless Workbench 6 software is a comprehensive control
system for wireless products. It provides an interface to manage every
facet of a performance over the network, from pre-show planning to live
performance monitoring.
2) Design Topology: The selected components are arranged in a custom topology
that provides consistent performance from microphone to microphone. This
proprietary design efficiently manages current consumption, yielding an improved
output clipping level specification. Isolation of critical components on the circuit
board provides exceptional noise performance with extremely low distortion.
3) Manufacturing Process: Stringent manufacturing processes are employed
during assembly to ensure the integrity of each component. The result is superb
noise performance and reliability throughout the life of the product, even in
demanding environments.
The combination of the above yields the design stability and consistency required
to obtain each electronic component’s full performance capability.
This results in a condenser microphone preamplifier with extremely low
self-noise, an exceptional signal-to-noise ratio, and the lowest distortion
specifications currently available.
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
Roswellite™
Roswellite™ is the trademarked name of a nano-enabled ribbon material that is
used in Shure KSM313/NE and KSM353/ED ribbon microphones.
Roswellite™ is also known as “acoustic nanofilm.” It’s an extremely strong,
low mass, superelastic, paramagnetic composite with high inherent conductivity
and shape memory properties. Roswellite™ replaces the “foils” typically used
in ribbon microphones.
Roswellite™ can withstand windblast, plosives, phantom power applications, and
high sound pressure levels, even at low frequencies.
ShowLink®
ShowLink® Remote Control enables real-time remote adjustments of all
transmitter parameters using a wireless network connection between linked
Axient transmitters and receivers. Whether performers are on stage in the middle
of a show, or off stage waiting for their cue, ShowLink lets engineers make crucial
changes to their transmitter settings - without ever leaving the control booth.
Remote frequency changes, gain adjustments, RF mute enabling, RF output
power adjustments, and more are all possible over the ShowLink network.
Sound Isolation™
Sound Isolation™ earphones and headphones naturally block background noise
by creating a physical barrier between your ear and the outside world. It provides
greater noise reduction than noise cancellation circuitry does.
Sound Isolation™ works on transient audio across the entire audible spectrum.
Sound Isolation™ is great for blocking speech, a noisy television or music and
works in all environments whether on stage, on a plane, a train or walking down
the street. No electronics means that there are no batteries, no added hiss and
no digital artefacts.
210
DISTRIBUTION UK
Wireless Workbench 6 utilizes saved scan files and includes a database of local
TV transmitter information to help with the planning process. When connected
to networked receivers or the Axient Spectrum Manager, Wireless Workbench
performs live RF scans and analysis, with detailed graphic overlays and device
markers on a high-resolution frequency plot.
Comprehensive frequency coordination uses the scan data, and TV channel
database to create and assign a list of clean, compatible frequencies (including
backup frequencies) for your wireless systems.
During the show, Wireless Workbench 6 enables live remote adjustments to
networked hardware for instant changes to frequency, gain, RF output power,
and more. Customize controls in a familiar channel strip interface to show
audio and RF meters, battery life, and volume control for each channel of a
wireless system. User alerts provide quick response options through the
software to solve interference issues when detected, or for battery life and
RF signal strength conditions.
Delivering the ability to coordinate, monitor, and control the most complex
wireless systems all from a laptop computer, Wireless Workbench 6 truly
unleashes the full power of Axient.
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
1) Component Selection: High performance components are obtained from
selected suppliers. Research and benchmarking of each component resulted in
the precise specification of key parts, each optimized for superior performance in
regards to noise specifications and distortion specifications.
211
NEXT PAGE
Overview of Shure Wireless Frequency Bands/Versions:
This table illustrates all the usable frequency versions for the United Kingdom. Channel 38 is highlighted in yellow.
Overview of Shure Wireless Frequency Bands/Versions:
Interleaved Spectrum currently available for wireless microphones and In-Ear Monitoring Systems.
Please contact PMSE Arquiva for licensing and availability in your area.
Shure
Wireless
Product
Range
PSM 900
J10 (584-608 MHz)
H8E
(518-542 MHz)
G20 (488-512 MHz)
PSM 300
J13 (566-590 MHz)
Q3 (749-782 MHz)
L18 (630-654 MHz)
K1E (596-632 MHz)
L6E (656-692 MHz)
P7 (702-742 MHz)
G10E (470-542 MHz)
L9E (670-742 MHz)
L8E (626-698 MHz)
J8E (578-638 MHz)
K3E (606-630 MHz)
BLX
K14 (614-638 MHz)
Operates within 2.4 GHz band - Licence Free Globally
Operates within 2.4 GHz band - Licence Free Globally
GLX-D
G5E (494-518 MHz)
SLX
G4E (470-494 MHz)
FP
G4E (470-494 MHz)
QLX-D
G51 (470-534 MHz)
ULX-D
G51 (470-534 MHz)
G5E (494-518 MHz)
H51 (534-598 MHz)
K3E (606-630 MHz)
L4E (638-662 MHz)
P4 (702-726 MHz)
S6 (838-865 MHz)
K3E (606-630 MHz)
L4E (638-662 MHz)
P4 (702-726 MHz)
S6 (838-865 MHz)
K51 (606-670 MHz)
H51 (534-598 MHz)
K51 (606-670 MHz)
H4E (518-578 MHz)
L51 (632-698 MHz)
R9 (790-865 MHz)
M5E (694-758 MHz)
L3E (638-698 MHz)
Q5 (740-814 MHz)
J5E (578-638 MHz)
P8 (710-790 MHz)
Operates in DECT – Licence Free Globally
Operates in DECT – Licence Free Globally
MXW
212
P51 (710-782 MHz)
K4E (606-666 MHz)
G1E (470-530 MHz)
TV CHANNEL
P51 (710-782 MHz)
L51 (632-698 MHz)
UHF-R
MHz
Q15 (750-790 MHz)
P8 (710-790 MHz)
K10E (596-670 MHz)
PSM 1000
S5 (842-865 MHz)
K3E (606-630 MHz)
G7E (506-542 MHz)
G6E (470-506 MHz)
Cleared Spectrum as a result of Digital Switchover.
No longer available for wireless microphones and
In-Ear Monitoring Systems since January 2013.
Interleaved Spectrum currently available for wireless microphones and In-Ear Monitoring Systems.
Please contact PMSE Arquiva for licensing and availability in your area.
K9E (606-638 MHz)
PSM 200
De-Regulated 863865MHz, License Free
Channel 38 available
for licensing now.
This table illustrates all the usable frequency versions for the United Kingdom. Channel 38 is highlighted in yellow.
470
478
21
486
22
494
23
502
24
510
25
518
26
526
27
534
28
542
29
DISTRIBUTION UK
550
30
558
31
566
32
574
33
582
34
590
35
598
36
606
37
614
38
622
39
630
40
638
41
646
42
654
43
662
44
670
45
678
46
686
47
694
48
702
49
710
50
718
51
726
52
734
53
742
54
750
55
758
56
766
57
774
58
782
59
790
60
798
61
806
62
814
63
822
64
830
65
838
66
846
67
854
68
862
69
865
70
213
For further information visit the website
or to talk to one of our sales team call
01992 703058
All products and specifications subject to change without notice, E&OE
214
DISTRIBUTION UK
215
VALID FROM 01.01.15
Shure Distribution UK | Unit 2, The IO Centre, Lea Road, Waltham Abbey, EN9 1AS
T +44 (0) 1992 703058 | F +44 (0) 1992 703057 | E info@shuredistribution.co.uk

wireless microphones - Shure Distribution UK

Transcription

Similar documents

Turning the - Incriminator Audio

PR 20-22out - Heil Sound

Product Specifications SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Microphone Overview

Full instructions are online here!

Castle Great Hall

your report here

Every Star Needs a Mic!

CHEVERNY II-EBU Prestigious symmetric audio digital cable

WA1a-12